Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Specialty / Everest Re Group / FY2010 Annual Report

Everest Re Group
Annual Report 2010

RE · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker RE
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Specialty
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Everest Re Group
Loading PDF…
R.E.A. HOLDINGS PLC - ANNUAL REPORT
2 0 1 0

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Website
www.rea.co.uk

Registered number
00671099 (England and Wales)

Contents

Officers and professional advisers

Maps showing plantation areas

Summary of results

Key statistics

Chairman’s statement

Review of the group

Directors

Directors’ report

Corporate governance

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ responsibilities

Directors’ confirmation

Auditor’s report (group)

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated cash flow statement

Accounting policies (group)

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Auditor’s report (company)

Company balance sheet

Movement in total shareholders’ funds

Statement of total recognised gains and losses

Accounting policies (company)

Notes to the company financial statements

Notice of annual general meeting

2

3

4

5

7

16

55

57

64

70

75

76

77

79

80

81

81

82

83

89

114

116

117

117

118

119

126

1

Officers and professional advisers

Solicitors
Ashurst LLP
Broadwalk House
5 Appold Street
London EC2A 2HA

Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Registrars and transfer office
Capita Registrars
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Directors
R M Robinow
J C Oakley
D J Blackett
J M Green-Armytage
J R M Keatley
D H R Killick
L E C Letts
C L Lim

Secretary and registered office
R.E.A. Services Limited
First Floor 
32-36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Financial advisers
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London EC4A 3BZ

Stockbrokers
Mirabaud Securities LLP
33 Grosvenor Place
London SW1X 7HY

2

Maps showing plantation areas

as at 31 December 2010

3

Summary of results

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Revenue

2010
$’000

2009
$’000

Change
%

114,039

78,885

+ 45  

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and biological gain 1

58,394

41,290

+ 41   

Profit before tax

Profit for the year

50,447

41,717

+ 21   

34,973

29,856

+ 17   

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

32,325

27,119

+ 19   

Cash generated by operations 2

50,210

38,829

+ 29    

Earnings per ordinary share (diluted) in US cents

96.8

81.4

+ 19   

Dividend per ordinary share in pence 3

5.0

4.0

+ 25 

Average exchange rates

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

Indonesian rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

9,078
1.55

10,356
1.56

9,757
1.84

9,166
2.01

9,129
1.86

1. See note 5 to consolidated financial statements
2. See note 36 to consolidated financial statements
3. Paid in respect of the year

4

Key statistics

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Allocated area - Hectares
Mature oil palm

Immature oil palm (prior years)
Oil palm development (current year) 1

Planned oil palm development (succeeding year) 
Reserve area 2
Total

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

21,984

18,736

16,487

8,850

1,249

32,083

6,907

55,773

94,763

8,171

4,083

30,990

4,000

79,828

9,032

2,781

28,300

–

86,541

13,080

11,814

1,514

26,408

11,500

84,018

13,080

5,250

6,564

24,894

6,500

34,022

65,416

114,818

114,841

121,926

Production - Tonnes
Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - group

518,742

490,178

450,906

393,217

332,704

Oil palm fresh fruit bunch crop - external

20,089

13,248

6,460

2,767

1,372

538,831

503,426

457,366

395,984

334,076

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

Oil extraction rate

Kernel extraction rate

Yields - Tonnes per mature hectare
Fresh fruit bunches

Crude palm oil

Palm kernel

Total palm products

127,256

118,357

105,597

24,614

23,740

20,846

93,229

15,660

151,870

142,097

126,443

108,889

77,597 

12,698 

90,295

23.6%

4.6%

23.5%

4.7%

23.1%

4.6%

23.5%

4.0%

23.2%

3.8%

23.6

26.2

27.3

29.6

25.5 

5.6

1.1

6.7

6.2

1.2

7.4

6.3

1.2

7.5

7.1

1.2

8.3

5.9  

1.0 

6.9

1. Includes 156 hectares in 2010, 1,393 hectares in 2009 and 889 hectares in 2008 also included as oil palm development in the preceding year.
2. Includes conservation areas, roads and other infrastructure and areas available for planting and under negotiation.

5

Crude palm oil monthly average price

e
n
n
o
t

/
$
S
U

1400

1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Share performance graph

REA Ordinary

FT All Share

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

400

300

x
e
d
n

I

200

100

0

6

 
 
 
Chairman’s statement 

Introduction

IFRS  fair  value  gains  for  2010  at  $2.0  million  were

significantly  lower  than  the  $11.3  million  reported  in

The  “Review  of  the  group”  section  of  this  annual  report

2009.  The reduction in the net gain arising from changes

gives detailed information intended to assist shareholders

in fair value of agricultural inventory ($0.4 million against

in  understanding  the  group's  business  and  strategic

$1.5 million) reflected a lower closing stock at the end of

objectives.  Because the review is designed to provide a

2010  than  at  the  end  of  the  preceding  year.    More

reasonably  complete  and  self-contained  description  of

significant was the reduction in the net gain from changes

the group, it does, in many places, repeat what has been

in the fair value of biological assets ($1.6 million against

said  in  the  reviews  of  the  group  contained  in  previous

$9.8  million)  which  was  principally  caused  by  the

annual reports.  This “Chairman's statement” endeavours

continuing inflation in planting costs.  This meant that the

to be less repetitive and to provide a synopsis of the more

value  of  additions  to  prospective  crops  from  new

significant  matters  noted  in  the  review  with  particular

development  during  2010  showed  a  lower  surplus  over

emphasis on developments that occurred during 2010 or

the value of crops harvested during the year than was the

are in prospect.  

Results

case in 2009.

Administrative  expenses  increased  from  $7.2  million  to

$10.2  million  in  part  because  of  inflation  and  a  lower

Group profit before tax for 2010 at $50.4 million was well

capitalisation  rate  (reflecting  the  increasing  ratio  of

ahead of the $41.7 million reported for 2009.

mature  to  immature  areas)  but  also  because  of  an

increased  administrative  requirement  reflecting  the

Underlying  the  increased  profit  and  cash  flow  was  the

growth of the group’s business and, in particular, the need

higher  revenue  for  2010  which  amounted  to  $114.0

to  manage  the  expanding  smallholder  programmes.

million,  45  per  cent  ahead  of  2009  revenue  of  $78.9

Some offset against the costs of this last was provided by

million.  This reflected the combined effect of the higher

management  fees  paid  to  the  group  by  smallholder

average crude palm oil (“CPO”) and crude palm kernel oil

cooperatives  which  are  included  in  2010  operating

(“CPKO”)  prices  prevailing  during  2010,  the  larger  crop

income of $0.4 million.

and initial coal sales of $4.2 million.  

At the after tax level, group profit for the year was $35.0

The benefit of the higher revenue was offset to an extent

million  against  $29.9  million  in  2009  while  profit

by an increase in cost of sales which rose by 43 per cent

attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  was  $32.3  million

from  $34.0  million  to  $48.6  million.    Several  factors

against  $27.1  million.    Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share

contributed  to  this  increase:  increased  production;  costs

amounted to US 96.8 cents (2009: US 81.4 cents).

of $3.9 million attributable to the new coal activities; the

higher  unit  cost  of  cropping  in  the  significant  area  of

A provision of $5.5 million relating to tax connected with

newly  mature  plantings;  general  cost  inflation;  and

a  cash  flow  hedge  has  been  charged  to  other

weakening of the US dollar against the Indonesian rupiah

comprehensive income for 2010.  This provision relates to

which meant that rupiah denominated costs increased in

tax relief claimed in respect of mark to market losses on

US dollar terms.

cross  currency  interest  rate  swaps  entered  into  by  the

group to hedge, against US dollars, the group’s liability in

respect  of  its  outstanding  9.5  per  cent  guaranteed

7

Chairman’s statement continued

sterling notes 2015/17.  The group has been advised by

Agricultural operations

its professional advisers that mark to market differences

arising  on  annual  revaluations  of  such  swaps  should  be

Operational matters

taken as profits or losses for Indonesian tax purposes as

they  arise,  but  an  Indonesian  tax  assessment  recently

The crop out-turn for 2010 amounted to 518,742 tonnes

received by an Indonesian subsidiary of the company has

of oil palm fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”).  This represented

denied the tax relief claimed by the subsidiary for 2008 in

an increase of 5.8 per cent on the FFB crop for 2009 of

relation to the swaps in question.  The group is appealing

490,178 tonnes but was below the budgeted crop for the

against  this  assessment  but,  pending  a  decision  on  the

year of 561,680 tonnes.  External purchases of FFB from

appeal, the directors have felt it appropriate to recognise

smallholders  and  other  third  parties  in  2010  totalled

the  inherent  uncertainties  of  the  appeal  process  by

20,089 tonnes (2009: 13,248 tonnes).

making a provision equivalent to approximately half of the

tax  relief  claimed.    The  disputed  Indonesian  tax

Rainfall  across  the  group's  estates  averaged  4,434  mm

assessment has been paid in full pending appeal. 

for 2010, compared with 3,123 mm for the previous year.

After  reversal  of  non  cash  items  included  in  operating

disruptions to harvesting in the last quarter of 2010, the

profit, operating cash flows before movements in working

directors  believe  that  the  principal  reason  for  the  crop

capital  increased  during  2010  by  $19.3  million  from

shortfall  against  budget  was  the  extended  drier  period

$40.1  million  to  $59.4  million.    However,  net  cash  from

experienced in 2009 coincident with an occurrence of the

Although  the  high  level  of  rainfall  caused  some

operating activities for 2010 amounted to $21.3 million in

El Niño weather phenomenon.

2010  against  $29.6  million  in  2009.      The  apparent

disparity  of  an  increase  in  operating  cash  flows  before

Processing  of  the  group's  own  FFB  production  and  the

movements in working capital and a reduction in net cash

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  538,831

from  operating  activities  is  principally  the  result  of  two

tonnes  (2009:  503,426  tonnes),  produced  127,256

items: increase in receivables, which amounted to $10.3

tonnes  of  CPO  (2009:  118,357  tonnes)  and  24,614

million  in  2010  against  $2.7  million  in  2009,  and  taxes

tonnes of palm kernels (2009: 23,740 tonnes) reflecting

paid,  which  amounted  to  $21.1  million  in  2010  against

extraction rates of 23.62 per cent for CPO (2009: 23.51

$2.3  million  in  2009.    The  former  reflected  additional

per cent) and 4.57 per cent for kernels (2009: 4.72 per

receivables in the group balance sheet at 31 December

cent).    Production  of  CPKO  amounted  to  9,745  tonnes

2010  arising  from  the  group’s  new  coal  trading  activity

(2009: 9,636 tonnes) with an extraction rate of 40.07 per

while  the  latter  was  largely  attributable  to  the  payment

cent (2009: 40.04 per cent). 

during 2010 of the disputed Indonesian tax assessment

referred to above and now the subject of appeal.

A major overhaul of the group’s older oil mill was initiated

during  2010.    As  a  result  of  ageing  mill  machinery  and

deterioration  in  one  of  the  mill  boilers,  it  was  becoming

difficult to operate the mill at its intended capacity of 80

tonnes  per  hour.    The  overhaul  involves  upgrading  of

machinery and the installation of a new boiler.  This should

restore the effective mill capacity to 80 tonnes per hour.

The  overhaul  is  currently  on  schedule  and  should  be

8

completed  before  the  start  of  the  2011  peak  cropping

generated  electricity.    Because  the  methane  conversion

period  in  September.    Meanwhile,  the  group’s  newer  oil

plants will reduce the group’s greenhouse gas emissions

mill  was  expanded  during  2010  to  increase  its  capacity

(and thus the group’s carbon footprint), the group expects

from 60 to 80 tonnes per hour.

to  obtain  carbon  credits  under  the  Clean  Development

Mechanism for the period from completion of the plants

The  upgrading  of  the  older  mill  and  expansion  of  the

up to 2020.

newer  mill  should  provide  the  group  with  sufficient

capacity 

to  meet 

the  expected  FFB  processing

Land allocations and development

requirements of 2011 but by 2012 the group will require

a third mill.  Work is already in hand on the construction of

The  group’s  land  titling  made  further  progress  during

this  third  mill  and  it  is  expected  that  mill  commissioning

2010  to  the  extent  that  the  fully  titled  agricultural  land

will be completed ahead of the peak cropping months of

area held by the group amounted at year end to 63,263

2012.    The  third  mill  will  incorporate  its  own  kernel

hectares (2009: 52,029 hectares).  During the year, the

crushing plant.

group was successful in obtaining a renewed allocation of

15,000 hectares out of a total area of 20,000 hectares in

Investments  made  in  2009  in  increased  mechanical

respect of which a land allocation previously held by the

handling  of  FFB  collection  and  transport  and  in

group had expired.  The renewed allocation is conditional

establishing  an  “in  house”  road  maintenance  capability

upon  completion  of  a  planned  rezoning  of  East

have proved successful and resulted in significant savings

Kalimantan  which  is  slowly  progressing  through  the

during 2010.  The relatively new system for composting

governmental  authorities  who  must  approve  it.    As  a

empty  fruit  bunches  and  oil  mill  effluent  is  also  proving

result,  the  group  held  land  allocations  at  31  December

effective.    The  area  in  respect  of  which  compost  was

2010 covering a total area of 31,500 hectares. 

substituted  for  inorganic  fertiliser  in  2010  amounted  to

6,763 hectares and is projected to amount to over 9,000

Since 31 December 2010, 7,321 hectares from one land

hectares in 2011.

allocation of 7,445 hectares has been granted full HGU

title  and  the  124  hectare  balance  of  the  allocation  has

During  2011,  the  group  is  aiming  to  make  further  cost

been  relinquished.    The  full  titling  of  the  remaining  land

savings  from  the  recycling  of  waste  by  establishing  two

allocations  must  be  expected  to  result  in  exclusion  of

methane  conversion  plants. 

  Each  plant  will  be

further allocated areas.  Moreover, not all of the areas in

constructed  adjacent  to  an  existing  oil  mill  and  will  be

respect of which full titles are issued can be planted with

based  around  a  lagoon  covered  with  inflatable  high

oil  palms.    Some  fully  titled  land  may  be  unsuitable  for

density  polyethylene  sheeting.    Mill  effluent  will  pass  to

planting or subject to zoning or similar restrictions (such

the lagoon which is designed to accelerate the anaerobic

as areas potentially available for mining), a proportion will

digestion  of  the  effluent.    The  methane  released  during

be set aside for conservation and a further proportion is

the  digestion  process  will  be  captured  and  used  to  fuel

required  for  roads,  buildings  and  other  infrastructural

one  or  more  gas  powered  generators.    Methane  that  is

facilities.   This means that the prospective maximum area

surplus  to  requirements  for  electricity  generation  will  be

that the group could plant with oil palms on the fully titled

flared  off.    The  electricity  generated  from  the  captured

and allocated agricultural land areas currently held must

methane will be supplied to a number of estate villages,

be  expected  to  be  less  than  the  gross  hectarage  that

thereby  reducing  materially  the  requirement  for  diesel

those areas comprise.

9

Chairman’s statement continued

Areas  planted  and  in  course  of  development  as  at  31

Social responsibility

December  2010  amounted  in  total  to  32,083  hectares.

Of  this  total,  mature  plantings  comprised  21,984

The  area  planted  or  under  development  on  the  group

hectares.  A further 3,450 hectares planted in 2007 came

supported plasma schemes increased during 2010 from

to maturity at the start of 2011.  

1,578 hectares to 3,076 hectares.  The areas developed

to-date are owned by cooperatives with members from 9

Reserve  land  held  by  the  group  only  becomes  available

local villages.  During 2011, it is planned to increase the

for development when the titling process has proceeded

number of villages participating in the schemes by adding

to  a  point  at  which  the  group  has  been  granted

further  co-operatives. 

  The  plasma  development

development  and  necessary  land  clearing  licences,  and

programme  for  2011  has  been  budgeted  at  1,000

compensation agreements have been reached with local

hectares.    External  financing  for  the  plasma  schemes

villagers who have claims in respect of their previous use

initiated 

to-date  has  been  agreed  with  a 

local

of the land.   During 2010, progress of the group's plans

development  bank  in  East  Kalimantan  in  the  form  of

for  oil  palm  extension  planting  was  seriously  delayed  by

fifteen year loans secured on the land and assets of the

hold  ups  in  the  issue  of  necessary  permits  and  in

schemes and guaranteed by the group.  If necessary, this

particular  of  the  recently  introduced  timber  cutting
licences (“IPKs”).   This reflected, at least in part, a lack of
clarity  on  the  part  of  the  relevant  authorities  as  to  the

financing will be supplemented by funds advanced by the

group. 

procedure  to  be  followed  by  plantation  company

The  group’s  conservation  department  (conducting  its

applicants seeking to obtain these newly required permits.

activities under the name “REA Kon”) is continuing with its

As  a  result,  the  aggregate  area  planted  or  under

establishment of a permanent database of flora and fauna

development  increased  over  2010  by  only  some  1,000

found  within  the  group’s  conservation  reserves  and

hectares, all of which related to areas that were exempted

neighbouring watercourses.  Other activities of REA Kon

from  the  IPK  requirement  having  been  already  under

during  2010  included  a  project  to  recycle  plastic  waste,

development when this requirement was introduced.

the  initiation  of  a  study  of  the  contribution  of  forest

Encouragingly, the group did finally secure its first IPK in

first children’s educational camp at the new REA Kon field

January 2011 and a further IPK was issued in March. This

station 

located  within 

the  conservation  reserves,

has  permitted  the  resumption  of  extension  planting.

construction of which was completed in October 2010. 

predators to pest control within oil palm plantings and a

Moreover, the group believes that the relevant authorities,

having now started to issue IPKs, will be able to process

All  operations  of  the  company’s  two  main  operating

the  group’s  further  IPK  applications  more  quickly  than

subsidiaries in Indonesia have now obtained ISO 14001

was the case immediately after the new IPK requirement

accreditation.  Audit of one of these subsidiaries and its

came into force.  The group therefore retains its oil palm

associated  smallholders  for  Roundtable  on  Sustainable

planting  target  for  the  two  year  period  ending  31

Palm Oil (“RSPO”) accreditation (conducted by an RSPO

December 2011 of 8,000 hectares in total.  The directors

approved independent auditor) took place in early 2011

believe that this target remains achievable but whether it

and  has  recommended  that  the  subsidiary  and  its

will actually be achieved will be critically dependent upon

associated smallholders be granted accreditation.   Audit

land becoming available for development as needed.  

of  the  second  subsidiary  for  RSPO  accreditation  is

planned for later in 2011.

10

Coal operations

blending  Liburdinding  coal  with  low  sulphur  traded  coal

purchased from third parties and this remains an option.

Whilst it is taking longer than originally hoped to develop

However, with the higher prices for coal that are currently

the coal operations, good progress has been made. 

prevailing, the group would prefer to sell the Liburdinding

production without blending and to accept a discount for

The major concentration during 2010 was on bringing the

the sulphur content.  Discussions to this end with possible

Kota  Bangun  concession 

into  production. 

  Land

purchasers are continuing.  

compensation was completed, mining and environmental

management plans settled, necessary permits for mining

The position as respects the group’s plans to establish a

operations  obtained  and  arrangements  for  evacuating

limited  coal  trading  activity  is  more  positive.    Sales  of

mined  coal  concluded.    Removal  of  overburden  (being

traded coal in 2010 (which started in the second half of

earth and rock overlaying the coal) started in November

the year) totalled 71,000 tonnes.  Since the start of 2011,

2010, the first coal seams were exposed in January 2011

the group has been able to formalise trading relationships

and initial shipments of some 15,000 tonnes of coal are

with  two  major  export  buyers  and  is  aiming  within  the

scheduled for April 2011.  The stripping ratio (being the

current  year  to  be  achieving  average  monthly  sales  of

amount  of  overburden  required  to  be  removed  to  gain

100,000  tonnes.    The  objectives  for  the  coal  trading

access to the coal expressed as the number of bank cubic

activity are to augment the revenues from the mining of

metres of overburden in situ to be removed to extract one

the  Kota  Bangun  and  Liburdinding  concessions  and  to

tonne of coal) is under the present mining plan expected

establish a customer base on which the group can build.

to  be  30  to  1.    As  previously  announced,  the  group  is

Coal  for  traded  sales  is  currently  being  sourced  by

aiming to build up to a production level within 2011 of at

outright purchase from third party suppliers but the group

least 16,000 tonnes per month.  Arrangements have been

intends  that,  in  due  course,  it  will  enter  into  long  term

agreed  for  the  sale  of  current  production  from  the  Kota

arrangements  to  procure  a  proportion  of  the  coal  that  it

Bangun concession to two buyers.  Selling prices will be

trades  by  mining  third  party  owned  concessions  against

fixed  against  deliveries  of  the  coal  on  a  basis  related  to

payment of a royalty.  

the  Newcastle  globalCOAL  index.    The  average  price

currently being realised is $137 per tonne.

Finance

Operations at the Liburdinding concession have been less

840,689  new  ordinary  shares  of  the  company  were

satisfactory.    Original  plans  to  mine  150,000  tonnes

issued  on  1  February  2010  on  exercise  of  a  director’s

during 2010 had to be abandoned when it became clear

option  at  an  exercise  price  of  43.753p  per  share.    In

that  the  relatively  high  sulphur  content  of  the  coal  was

addition, in February, with the object of funding the new

making it difficult to sell.  Coal production at Liburdinding

coal  operations,  the  company  issued  an  additional  $15

in 2010 therefore amounted to some 21,000 tonnes only.

million  nominal  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14

A limited market for the coal has been found in Java and

(“dollar  notes”)  at  $90  per  $100  nominal  of  notes  in

this seems capable of selling 3,000 to 4,000 tonnes per

conjunction with the issue by a wholly owned subsidiary of

month  on  a  regular  basis.    For  mining  to  be  economic,

the  company,  KCC  Resources  Limited  (“KCC”),  of

Liburdinding  needs  to  produce  at  a  level  of  at  least

150,000  redeemable  participating  preference  shares  of

15,000 tonnes per month and this means that an export

$10 each at par.  The effect of the additional dollar note

market for the coal is needed.  The group has looked at

issue was to increase the nominal amount of dollar notes

in issue to $45 million.

11

Chairman’s statement continued

1,670,727 new preference shares were issued in October

addition, construction of the group’s third oil mill and the

2010 by way of capitalisation of share premium account

two  methane  conversion  plants  is  likely  to  involve  an

pursuant 

to 

the  capitalisation 

issue 

to  ordinary

outlay of in excess of $25 million over 2011 and 2012.  If

shareholders  referred  to  under  “Dividends”  below.    This

CPO  prices  remain  at  good  levels,  the  directors  expect

was  followed  later  in  the  same  month  by  the  issue  of  9

that such capital expenditure can be funded from internal

million new preference shares for cash at par to raise £9

cash  flow  possibly  supplemented  by  some  additional

million.

drawings on existing bank facilities.

Following  these  issues,  group  indebtedness  and  related

Provided that the coal operations evolve as planned, such

engagements  at  31  December  2010  amounted  to

operations should become cash generative during 2011.

$132.1million,  made  up  of  $45  million  nominal  of  dollar

If  that  proves  the  case,  the  cash  generated  may  be

notes (carrying value: $43.3 million), £37 million nominal

utilised for further expansion of the coal operations.  The

of  9.5  per  cent  guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17

directors  do  not  anticipate  that  the  coal  operations  will

(“sterling  notes”)  (carrying  value:  $55.2  million),  $11.6

require material cash support from elsewhere in the group

million  in  respect  of  a  hedge  of  the  principal  amount  of

during 2011, although short term cash advances may be

the  sterling  notes,  $1.5  million  in  respect  of  the  KCC

made  to  meet  temporary  spikes  in  the  working  capital

participating  preference  shares  (which  are  classified  as

needed for coal trading.

debt), term loans from Indonesian banks of $14.7 million

and  other  short  term  indebtedness  comprising  drawings

Commodity  markets  are  inherently  volatile  and  the

under  working  capital  lines  of  $5.8  million.    Against  this

directors  believe  that  it  is  prudent  for  the  group  to  hold

indebtedness, at 31 December 2010 the group held cash

some  cash  cushion  to  ensure  that  when  new  oil  palm

and cash equivalents of $36.7 million.

areas are planted, those areas can be brought to maturity

even if CPO and CPKO prices fall sharply.  However, the

Changes to Indonesian tax regulations effective from the

cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  by  the  group  at  31

beginning of 2010 meant that Indonesian withholding tax

December  2010,  which  reflected  the  proceeds  of  the

on  interest  payments  on  certain  intra-group  loans  to

issue of new preference shares made in October 2010,

Indonesian subsidiaries of the company (being loans that

was  in  excess  of  the  amount  required  for  that  purpose.

formed part of the assets then charged as security for the

Some $5 million of such cash resources has already been

sterling notes) which had been payable at the rate of 10

applied  during  2011  in  retiring  debt  and  the  directors

per cent became payable at the rate of 20 per cent.  The

intend that further cash resources should be applied for

security for the sterling notes was therefore reorganised

the same purposes before the end of 2011.

during  2010  to  achieve  a  structure  in  which  the

withholding  tax  rate  on  interest  on  charged  intra-group

The directors consider that it will be prudent, when market

loans would revert to 10 per cent.

conditions permit, to retire existing shorter dated debt and

to replace it with preference share capital or new debt of

Planned  extension  planting  and  the  requirement  for

a  longer  tenor.    The  October  2010  issue  of  new

investment in estate buildings and other estate plant and

preference shares was made with this intention and the

equipment  that  follows  any  expansion  of  the  group’s

directors  may  consider  further  issues  of  medium  term

planted  hectarage  will  involve  the  group  in  continuing

debt  securities  or  new  preference  shares  for  the  same

major  capital  expenditure  for  several  years  to  come.    In

purpose.

12

Dividends

to  be  paid  on  30  September  2011  to  ordinary

shareholders on the register of members on 2 September

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

2011.  The directors wish to emphasise that in proposing

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

that a final dividend in respect of 2010 be substituted for

and  31  December  2010  were  duly  paid.    Dividends

a  first  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  2011,  they  do  not

totalling 5p per ordinary share have been paid in respect

intend  to  signal  a  change  in  the  prospective  level  of

of  2010  (2009  –  4p  per  ordinary  share).    These

dividends  payable  to  shareholders  during  any  particular

comprised  a  first  interim  dividend  of  2½p  per  ordinary

year but only to recharacterise one dividend in each year

share  paid  on  1  October  2010  and  a  second  interim

as  a  final  dividend  upon  the  payment  of  which

dividend  of  2½p  per  ordinary  share  paid  on  28  January

shareholders can vote.

2011.    In  addition,  the  company  made  a  capitalisation

issue  to  ordinary  shareholders  of  1,670,727  new

The directors continue to believe that capitalisation issues

preference  shares  on  the  basis  of  one  new  preference

of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders, such

share for every 20 ordinary shares held on 24 September

as were made in 2010 and on several previous occasions,

2010.

provide  a  useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to

ordinary shareholders in periods in which good profits are

For some years, the directors have followed the practice

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

of  declaring  two  interim  dividends  in  respect  of  each

for  payment  of  cash  dividends.    The  directors  will

financial year, the first in late September or early October

therefore  consider  a  further  such  issue  during  2011  if

of  the  year  in  question  and  the  other  at  the  start  of  the

they feel that this is merited by the group’s performance.

succeeding year.  This has meant that the company has

not in recent years paid a final dividend.  One corporate

Staff

governance  agency  has  criticised  this  practice  as

depriving shareholders of the opportunity to vote on the

The directors extend their thanks to all of the group's staff

level of overall dividend paid by the company.  To respond

for their continued loyalty and hard work. 

to 

this  criticism, 

the  directors  propose 

that,

notwithstanding that the second interim dividend paid in

In  particular,  the  directors  would  like  to  record  their

January was intended to be paid in lieu of final dividend, a

appreciation of the contribution made to the group by Mr

dividend  should  be  paid  in  September  2011  as  a  final

Derrick Egerton who sadly died in January 2011 after a

dividend in respect of 2010 and that this dividend should

short  illness.    He  had  worked  for  the  group  for  nearly

substitute for the interim dividend in respect of 2011 that

twenty years in what was originally intended to be a part

the  directors  would  otherwise  have  expected  to  declare

time  capacity  after  his  retirement  as  finance  director  of

for payment at that time.  Dividends declared or proposed

Harrisons  &  Crosfield  Limited  and,  almost  single-

by  directors  in  respect  of  2011  and  subsequent  years

handedly,  held  together  the  group’s  accounting  and

would then be expected to comprise an interim dividend

secretarial 

functions  during 

the  difficult  period

in  the  January  following  the  end  of  the  applicable  year

experienced  by  the  group  during  and  following  the

and a final dividend payable in the following September.

economic and political turbulence in Indonesia in the late

1990s.  His ability to take on and competently deal with a

Accordingly,  the  directors  recommend  the  payment  of  a

vast range of administrative tasks will be much missed. 

final dividend in respect of 2010 of 3p per ordinary share

13

Chairman’s statement continued

Succession

In  the  “Review  of  the  group”  in  the  company’s  2009

annual  report,  the  directors  stated  that  they  had

The  group  is  proceeding  with  its  previously  announced

concluded  that,  whilst  the  matter  should  be  kept  under

plan to establish a small regional office in Singapore.  A

review,  the  current  status  quo  of  the  group  with  a  UK

senior executive has recently been recruited to head this

listed  parent  company  should  be  retained.    That

office  and  it  is  intended  that  the  office  should  begin

conclusion  is  currently  being  reconsidered  by  the

operating  during  2011.    Thereafter,  staffing  will  be

directors.

increased  to  an  extent  appropriate  to  enable  the

Singapore  office  progressively  to  assume  many  of  the

Two factors have prompted such reconsideration.  First, in

management  functions  currently  performed  by  the

the face of emigrations by some major UK companies and

group’s head office in London.

suggestions that more may follow in an effort to avoid UK

tax  and  in  some  cases  restrictions  on  bonus  payments,

The group has also taken steps to enhance management

there  have  been  reports  of  possible  UK  legislation  to

capacity  in  Indonesia  with  the  appointment  of  an

inhibit  UK  companies  transferring  themselves  overseas.

additional  senior  executive  to  fill  the  newly  created

Any decision by the group to move from the UK would not

position  of  chief  financial  officer  for  the  agricultural

be motivated by either tax or bonus restriction avoidance

operations.    With  this  position  filled,  the  group  believes

(indeed there would be no benefit to the group in either

that it now has in place the senior management needed

respect)  but  the  directors  are  concerned  that  legislation

to  handle  the  planned  further  expansion  of  the

designed  to  prevent  others  from  transferring  might

agricultural operations.  Some further recruitment for the

remove the flexibility to transfer that the group currently

coal  operations  is  likely  to  be  necessary  if  those

enjoys.  Secondly, whilst the group remains in the UK, it

operations develop as is hoped.

requires  staff  to  undertake  its  administrative  functions.

This requires periodic recruitment and such recruitment is

The  directors  have  previously  expressed  concern  as  to

made  more  complicated  if  the  company’s  continued

whether the current ownership of the group’s Indonesian

presence  in  the  UK  remains  uncertain.    If  an  eventual

businesses  through  a  UK 

listed  company 

is  an

transfer  is  contemplated,  both  of  the  foregoing  factors

appropriate long term structure for the group or whether

militate against leaving such transfer pending.

the group would be better structured as an entirely South

East  Asian  based  entity  with  a  parent  company  listed  in

Prospects

that region.   Arguments in favour of such a move include

the reduction in head office costs that could be expected,

The group’s own FFB crop for 2011 has been budgeted

the better rating of the group’s parent company’s shares

at 611,000 tonnes with a normal  budgetary assumption

that  might  be  achieved  on,  for  example,  the  Singapore

of average rainfall (both as to quantum and distribution).

Stock  Exchange  and  the  arguably  wider  research

The FFB crop to end March 2011 amounted to 135,424

coverage of South East Asian companies operating in the

tonnes  against  the  budget  for  the  period  of  141,117

agricultural  sector.    Against  this,  the  company’s  existing

tonnes.  The directors do not believe that any conclusions

investor  base  is  almost  entirely  in  Europe  and  the

as  to  the  likelihood  of  the  group  achieving  its  budgeted

company’s  UK  listing  has,  in  recent  years,  afforded  the

crop for 2011 should be drawn from the slight shortfall as

company good access to equity and debt when needed.

variations  from  year  to  year  in  the  monthly  phasing  of

14

each year’s crop are normal.  External purchases of FFB

conversion  option  provides.    Nevertheless,  the  directors

during 2011 have been budgeted at 25,000 tonnes.

retain  their  view  that  vegetable  oil  markets  will  remain

cyclical and that it is therefore likely that the current high

The rise in CPO prices seen in 2009 continued into 2010.

prices will eventually result in increased supply and lead

After opening the year at a little above $800 per tonne,

to lower prices albeit probably not in 2011.

CIF Rotterdam, and remaining broadly at that level for the

first six months of 2010, the price rose further in the third

The directors remain cautious as to the extent and speed

quarter  of  the  year  to  $935  per  tonne  at  the  end  of

to and at which the planned continued expansion of the

September 2010 and then again, and even more sharply,

group’s  oil  palm  hectarage  can  be  delivered  and  are

in the last quarter to close the year at $1,285 per tonne.

reluctant  to  assume  the  success  of  the  group’s  new

Prices  have  remained  comfortably  over  the  $1,000  per

venture in coal before this has been proved by bankable

tonne level so far in 2011 and at times CPO has traded at

results.    That  said,  they  are  encouraged  that,  in  recent

above  $1,300  per  tonne.    At  these  higher  prices,  the

months,  the  group  has  made  progress  in  resolving

progressive  nature  of  the  Indonesian  duty  levied  on

outstanding  land  issues  and  can  see  that,  if  successful,

exports  of  CPO  does  however  mean  that  the  major

the new coal operations could be further expanded into a

proportion  of  any  price  in  excess  of  $900  per  tonne

material  activity  for  the  group.    With  CPO  and  CPKO

accrues  to  the  Indonesian  state  rather  than  CPO

prices looking set to remain at or near current levels for

producers.

several months to come, the directors believe that 2011

should be another good year for the group.

The  current  historically  high  prices  of  CPO  and  other

vegetable oils (which have appreciated commensurately)

are  attributable  to  a  number  of  factors:    the  demand

drivers  of  population  growth  and  developing  world

economic growth; increasing petroleum oil prices that are

RICHARD M ROBINOW

improving  the  economics  of  converting  vegetable  oils  to

Chairman

bio-fuels; and the combined impact of the El Niño and La

20 April 2011

Niña weather phenomena that have held back production.

For 2011, consumption may outstrip production and with

stocks  low  and  the  annual  oilseed  crops  competing  for

land  with  wheat  and  corn,  which  are  also  at  high  prices

and  in  strong  demand,  CPO  prices  could  reasonably  be

expected to remain at good levels throughout 2011.

The current unrest in the Middle East and the after effects

of  the  Japanese  tsunami  could  negatively  impact  the

world economy leading to some downturn in food demand

for vegetable oil but, against this, they could also result in

higher petroleum oil prices and a consequential increase

in  the  floor  price  for  vegetable  oil  that  the  bio-diesel

15

Review of the group

Introduction

Overview

This review has been prepared to provide holders of the

Nature of business and resources

company’s shares with information that complements the

accompanying financial statements.  Such information is

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

intended  to  help  shareholders  in  understanding  the

palms in the province of East Kalimantan in Indonesia and

group’s  business  and  strategic  objectives  and  thereby

in  the  production  of  crude  palm  oil  (“CPO”)  and  by-

assist  them  in  assessing  how  the  directors  have

products  from  fruit  harvested  from  its  oil  palms.    A

performed  their  duty  of  promoting  the  success  of  the

detailed  description  of  the  group's  oil  palm  activities  is

company.

provided under “Agricultural operations” below.

This  review  should  not  be  relied  upon  by  any  persons

During  2008,  the  directors  decided  to  augment  the

other  than  shareholders  or  for  any  purposes  other  than

traditional  agricultural  operations  of  the  group  by

those  stated.    The  review  contains  forward-looking

developing  a  modest  coal  mining  business  in  Indonesia.

statements which have been included by the directors in

Following this decision, the group has acquired rights in

good faith based on the information available to them up

respect of three coal concessions in East Kalimantan and

to  the  time  of  their  approval  of  this  review.    Such

is  now  in  the  process  of  establishing  an  open  cast  coal

statements  should  be  treated  with  caution  given  the

mining operation and coal trading activity based on these

uncertainties  inherent  in  any  prognosis  regarding  the

concessions.    Details  of  this  diversification  are  provided

future and the economic and business risks to which the

under "Coal operations" below.

group's operations are exposed.

The  group  and  predecessor  businesses  have  been

In preparing this review, the directors have complied with

involved  for  over  one  hundred  years  in  the  operation  of

section 417 of the Companies Act 2006.  They have also

agricultural  estates  growing  a  variety  of  crops  in

sought  to  follow  best  practice  as  recommended  by  the

developing  countries  in  South  East  Asia  and  elsewhere.

reporting  statement  on  operating  and  financial  reviews

The group today sees itself as marrying developed world

published  by  the  Accounting  Standards  Board  but  this

capital  and  Indonesian  opportunity  by  offering  investors

review may not comply with that reporting standard in all

in,  and  lenders  to,  the  company  the  transparency  of  a

respects.

company  listed  on  a  stock  exchange  of  international

standing and then using capital raised by the company (or

This review has been prepared for the group as a whole

with the company’s support) to develop natural resource

and  therefore  gives  emphasis  to  those  matters  that  are

based  operations  in  Indonesia  from  which  the  group

significant  to  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  when

believes  that  it  can  achieve  good  returns.    In  this

taken  together.    The  review  is  divided  into  five  sections:

endeavour, the group’s inheritance from its past and the

overview;  agricultural  operations;  coal  operations;

group’s  recent  track  record  represent  significant

finances; and risks and uncertainties.

intangible  resources  because  they  underpin  the  group’s

credibility.    This  assists  materially  in  sourcing  capital,  in

negotiating  with  the  Indonesian  authorities  in  relation  to

project  development  and  in  recruiting  management  of  a

high calibre.

16

Other  resources  that  are  important  to  the  group  are  its

as  productively  as  possible.    Ancillary  to  the  first

developed  base  of  operations,  bringing  with  it  an

component of this approach, the group seeks to add to its

established  management  team  familiar  with  Indonesian

land bank when circumstances are conducive to its doing

regulatory  processes  and  social  customs,  a  trained

so.  The directors intend that, as the coal operations come

workforce and the group’s land and concession rights.

into  production,  the  group  will  similarly  seek  production

Objectives

cost  efficiencies  in  those  operations  by  increasing

volumes and focusing on productivity.

The  group’s  objectives  are  to  provide  attractive  overall

As a financial strategy, the group aims to enhance returns

returns to investors in the shares and other securities of

to  equity  investors  in  the  company  by  procuring  that  a

the  company  from  the  operation  and  expansion  of  the

prudent proportion of the group’s funding requirements is

group’s existing businesses, to foster economic progress

met with prior ranking capital in the form of fixed return

in the localities of the group's activities and to develop the

permanent  preferred  capital  and  debt  with  a  maturity

group's  operations  in  accordance  with  best  corporate

profile  appropriate  to  the  group's  projected  future  cash

social 

responsibility  and  sustainability  standards.

flows.

Achievement  of  these  objectives  is  dependent  upon,

among  other  things,  the  group’s  ability  to  generate  the

Diversification

operating  profits  that  are  needed  to  finance  such

achievement.

The  group  recognises  that  its  agricultural  operations,

which represent the major part of the group’s assets and,

CPO and coal are primary commodities and as such must

in 2010, contributed all of the group’s profits, lie within a

be sold at prices that are determined by world supply and

single  locality  and  rely  on  a  single  crop.    This  permits

demand.  Such prices may, and do, fluctuate in ways that

significant economies of scale but brings with it risks.  The

are difficult to predict and which the group cannot control.

directors  hope  that  the  coal  operations  now  being

The  group’s  operational  strategy 

is  therefore  to

established  will,  if  successful  and  further  expanded,

concentrate on minimising unit production costs with the

provide  the  group  with  some  offset  against  such  risks.

expectation  that  the  lower  cost  producer  of  any  primary

The directors have no plans for further diversification and

commodity  is  better  placed  to  weather  any  downturn  in

believe  that,  for  the  foreseeable  future,  the  group’s

price than less efficient competitor producers of the same

interests  will  be  best  served  by  growing  the  existing

commodity. 

agricultural and coal operations.

In  the  agricultural  operations,  the  group  adopts  a  two

Strategic direction and succession

pronged approach in seeking production cost efficiencies.

First,  the  group  aims  to  capitalise  on  its  available

Whilst  the  group’s  continuing  commitment  to  expansion

resources by developing the group’s land bank as rapidly

by  organic  growth  in  its  existing  businesses  provides

as  logistical,  financial  and  regulatory  constraints  permit

reasonable clarity as to future management requirements,

with  a  view  to  increasing  production  volumes  without

it  does  not  relieve  the  group  of  the  need  constantly  to

commensurate  increases  in  the  fixed  overhead  of  the

review  and  upgrade  its  management  resources.    That

group’s  agricultural  management.    Secondly,  the  group

need stems from a combination of factors: the expanding

strives  to  manage  its  established  agricultural  operations

operations; growth in external expectations of the group

17

Review of the group continued

(reflecting  both  the  group’s  increasing  size  and  an

senior Indonesians to handle its interface with Indonesia

international  trend  towards  greater  public  corporate

is  therefore  a  significant  asset  upon  which  the  group

accountability  by  listed  companies);  and  the  inevitable

plans  to  build.    The  group  also  derives  valuable  local

ageing  of  the  group’s  senior  management  with  a

support and advice from local advisers and from the local

consequential requirement to provide for succession.  

non-controlling  investors  in,  and  local  non-executive

directors of, the company's Indonesian subsidiaries.    

Faced  with  this  need,  the  group  is  proceeding  with  its

previously  announced  plan  to  establish  a  small  regional

The  directors  have  previously  expressed  concern  as  to

office in Singapore.  A senior executive has recently been

whether the current ownership of the group’s Indonesian

recruited  to  head  this  office  and  it  is  intended  that  the

businesses  through  a  UK 

listed  company 

is  an

office  should  begin  operating  during  2011.  Thereafter,

appropriate long term structure for the group or whether

staffing  will  be  increased  to  an  extent  appropriate  to

the group would be better structured as an entirely South

enable  the  Singapore  office  progressively  to  assume

East  Asian  based  entity  with  a  parent  company  listed  in

many  of  the  management  functions  currently  performed

that region.   Arguments in favour of such a move include

by the group’s head office in London.  The group believes

the reduction in head office costs that could be expected,

that the close proximity of Singapore to Indonesia and the

the better rating of the group’s parent company’s shares

limited time differences between the two countries will be

that  might  be  achieved  on,  for  example,  the  Singapore

conducive  to  greater  senior  management  oversight  of

Stock  Exchange  and  the  arguably  wider  research

Indonesian  operational  matters  than  has  hitherto  been

coverage of South East Asian companies operating in the

possible for senior management based in London.

agricultural  sector.    Against  this,  the  company’s  existing

investor  base  is  almost  entirely  in  Europe  and  the

The group has also taken steps to enhance management

company’s  UK  listing  has,  in  recent  years,  afforded  the

capacity  in  Indonesia  with  the  appointment  of  an

company good access to equity and debt when needed.

additional  senior  executive  to  fill  the  newly  created

In  the  “Review  of  the  group”  in  the  company’s  2009

position  of  chief  financial  officer  for  the  agricultural

annual  report,  the  directors  stated  that  they  had

operations.    With  this  position  filled,  the  group  believes

concluded  that,  whilst  the  matter  should  be  kept  under

that it now has in place the senior management needed

review,  the  current  status  quo  of  the  group  with  a  UK

to  handle  the  planned  further  expansion  of  the

listed  parent  company  should  be  retained.    That

agricultural operations.  Some further recruitment for the

conclusion  is  currently  being  reconsidered  by  the

coal  operations  is  likely  to  be  necessary  if  those

directors.

operations develop as is hoped.

This has been prompted by two factors.  First, in the face

Whilst the group continues to rely on expatriate staffing

of  emigrations  by  some  major  UK  companies  and

for some functions, the group is increasingly managed by

suggestions that more may follow in an effort to avoid UK

local  Indonesian  staff  and  now  has  senior  Indonesian

tax  and  in  some  cases  restrictions  on  bonus  payments,

nationals in overall charge of both the agricultural and the

there  have  been  reports  of  possible  UK  legislation  to

coal  operations.    As  a  foreign  investor  in  Indonesia,  the

inhibit  UK  companies  transferring  themselves  overseas.

group needs to remain aware that it is in essence a guest

Any decision by the group to move from the UK would not

in Indonesia and an understanding of local customs and

be motivated by either tax or bonus restriction avoidance

sensitivities  is  important.    The  group’s  ability  to  rely  on

(indeed there would be no benefit to the group in either

18

respect)  but  the  directors  are  concerned  that  legislation

compromise was accompanied by the replacement of the

designed  to  prevent  others  from  transferring  might

incumbent  Minister  of  Finance  (generally  regarded  as  a

remove the flexibility to transfer that the group currently

reformist) and the appointment of a new Governor of the

enjoys.  Secondly, whilst the group remains in the UK, it

Indonesian  Central  Bank.    Some  believe  that  this

requires  staff  to  undertake  its  administrative  functions.

compromise  will  further  constrain  the  President’s

This requires periodic recruitment and such recruitment is

legislative  agenda  but  it  may  equally  be  argued  that  the

made  more  complicated  if  the  company’s  continued

compromise is no more than a reminder of the constraints

presence  in  the  UK  remains  uncertain.    If  an  eventual

that already existed as a result of the minority position of

transfer  is  contemplated,  both  of  the  foregoing  factors

the President’s party in the lower house of the Indonesian

militate against leaving such transfer pending.

parliament.

The directors retain their previously stated intention that

The  strengthening  of  the  Indonesian  rupiah  seen  in  the

the  board  of  the  company  should  continue  as  currently

latter months of 2009 continued into 2010 with the rate

constituted until the new Singapore office becomes fully

against the US dollar improving from Rp 9,400 = $1 at

operational (which it is planned will be during 2012) but

31 December 2009 to Rp 8,991 = $1 at 31 December

should then be reconstituted and thereafter refreshed on

2010.    However,  Indonesian  inflation,  driven  by  strong

the basis of a policy that length of service by independent

domestic demand and rising commodity prices, increased

non  executive  directors  be  limited  to  nine  years.    The

to nearly 7 per cent in 2010 compared with 3 per cent in

chairman  and  managing  director  have  indicated  their

the preceding year.

willingness to continue in their present roles for a period

sufficient to ensure management continuity.

Growing  Indonesian  awareness  of  environmental  and

The Indonesian context

conservation  issues  was  given  impetus  by  the  signature

during 2010 of a letter of intent between Indonesia and

Norway  on  a  proposed  two  year  moratorium  on  further

In 2010, the Indonesian economy grew by 6 per cent per

conversion  of  natural  forest  in  exchange  for  an

annum, the level last achieved in 2006 and 2007 ahead

undertaking  by  Norway  to  invest  up  to  $1  billion  in

of  the  world  economic  problems  of  2008.    A  reduction

creating  monitoring  and  pilot  projects  under  the  United

during  2010  in  the  ratio  of  debt  to  gross  domestic

Nations  backed  forest  preservation  scheme  known  as

product  was  reflected  in  an  improving  credit  rating  and,

“REDD”  (reduced  emissions  from  deforestration  and

with  increasing  foreign  currency  reserves,  encouraged

degradation).    Whilst  regulations  to  implement  the

foreign investment inflows.  The Indonesian credit rating

proposed moratorium have not yet been issued, it appears

has  continued  to  improve  during  2011  and  Standard  &

that  the  increased  accountability  that  such  regulations

Poors  has  recently  raised  the  sovereign  debt  and  credit

threaten  to  impose  on  government  officials  is  already

ratings from BB to BB+.

having the effect of further restricting the issue of permits

for new plantation development even when development

Political  controversy  over  alleged  improprieties  in  a

is in areas that are without conservation value such as the

government  funded  rescue  of  an  Indonesian  bank  was

areas that the group develops.

eventually  resolved  by  compromise  between  what  are

seen  as  liberal  technocrats  pushing  for  reforms  of  the

The  Indonesian  province  of  East  Kalimantan  remained

political  process  and  an  anti  reform  lobby.    The

stable and prosperous during 2010 which saw efforts by

19

Review of the group continued

the  provincial  government  to  develop  and  improve  the

second and third indicators are measures of field and mill

provincial infrastructure.

Evaluation of performance

efficiency and, as such, provide a basis for assessing the

extent  to  which  the  group  is  achieving  its  objective  of

maximising output from its operations.  Quantifications of

the  above 

indicators  for  2010  and  comparable

In seeking to meet its expansion and efficiency objectives,

quantifications for 2009 (in both cases as sourced from

the group sets operating standards and targets for most

the  group's  internal  management  reports)  are  provided

aspects  of 

its  activities  and 

regularly  monitors

under  “Land  development”  and  “Crops  and  extraction

performance  against  those  standards  and  targets.    For

rates”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  below,  together  with

many aspects of the group's activities, there is no single

targets for 2011.

standard or target that, in isolation from other standards

and  targets,  can  be  taken  as  providing  an  accurate

The  coal  operations  are  still  at  an  early  stage  but  the

continuing  indicator  of  progress.    In  these  cases,  a

directors  are  in  the  process  of  establishing  appropriate

collection  of  measures  has  to  be  evaluated  and  a

performance indicators for those operations and intend to

qualitative conclusion reached.

publish these in future annual reports.

The  directors  do,  however,  rely  in  the  agricultural

Key  indicators  used  by  the  directors  in  evaluating  the

operations  on 

regular 

reporting  of  certain  key

group's  financial  performance  for  any  given  period

performance  indicators  that  are  comparable  from  one

comprise:

year  to  the  next.    These  indicators  for  any  given  period

comprise: 

•

the  new  extension  planting  area  developed;    this  is

measured as the area in hectares of land cleared and

planted out or cleared and prepared for planting out

during the applicable period;

•

the crop of fresh fruit bunches (“FFB”) harvested; this

is measured as the weight in tonnes of FFB delivered

to the group's oil mills from the group’s estates during

the applicable period; and 

•

the  CPO,  palm  kernel  and  crude  palm  kernel  oil

(“CPKO”) extraction rates achieved;  the first two of

these are measured as the percentage by weight of

CPO or palm kernels extracted from FFB processed

and  the  third  is  measured  as  the  percentage  by

weight  of  CPKO  extracted  from  palm  kernels

crushed.

Of  these  indicators,  the  first  provides  a  measure  of  the

group's performance against its expansion objective.  The

•

return on adjusted equity which is measured as profit

before tax for the period less amounts attributable to

preferred  capital  expressed  as  a  percentage  of

average  total  equity  (less  preferred  capital)  for  the

period; and

•

net  debt  to  total  equity  which  is  measured  as

borrowings and other indebtedness (other than intra

group indebtedness) less cash and cash equivalents

expressed as a percentage of total equity.

Because  of  the  group's  material  dependence  on  CPO

prices,  which  have  a  direct  impact  on  revenues  and  on

periodic  revaluations  of  biological  assets,  in  targeting

return  on  total  equity  the  directors  set  a  norm  that  they

hope  will  represent  an  average  of  the  annual  returns

achieved over a period of seven years.

Percentages  for  the  above  two  indicators  for  2010  and

comparable  figures  for  2009  (derived  from  figures

extracted  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial

20

statements  of  the  company)  are  provided  under  “Group

verification of the group’s performance in these areas is

results”  and  “Financing  policies”  in  “Finances”  below,

provided  as  described  under 

“Accreditation  and

together with target percentages.

verification” in “Agricultural operations” below. 

In  relation  to  social  and  environmental  matters,  the

Agricultural operations

directors continue to rely principally on qualitative rather

than quantitative assessments but have now established

Structure

some  quantitative  indicators  to  assist  evaluation  of  the

group’s  performance  in  these  areas.    Accordingly  the

All  of  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located  in

qualitative  commentary  under  “Employees”,  “Community

East Kalimantan and have been established pursuant to

development”, 

“Smallholders”, 

“Conservation”  and

an  understanding  dating  from  1991  whereby  the  East

“Sustainable  practices”  in  “Agricultural  operations”  below

Kalimantan authorities undertook to support the group in

includes  quantitative  data  on  examination  results  in  the

acquiring,  for  its  own  account  and  in  co-operation  with

group’s  primary  schools,  incidence  of  vector  borne

local  interests,  substantial  areas  of  land  in  East

diseases,  serious  accidents  sustained,  pollution  of  water

Kalimantan for planting with oil palms.  

courses, use of diesel oil and substitution of organic for

inorganic fertiliser.

The oldest planted areas, which represent the core of the

group’s  operations,  are  owned  through  PT  REA  Kaltim

The group has appointed consultants to assist the group

Plantations  (“REA  Kaltim”)  in  which  a  group  company

in  assessing  its  carbon  footprint  and  will  aim  to  publish

holds  a  100  per  cent  economic  interest.    With  the  REA

carbon  footprint  data  once  this  has  been  satisfactorily

Kaltim land areas approaching full utilisation, over the four

measured.

year period from 2005 to 2008 the company established

or  acquired  several  additional  Indonesian  subsidiaries,

The directors recognise the significance of environmental,

each potentially bringing with it a substantial allocation of

social  and  governance  matters  to  the  business  of  the

land  in  the  vicinity  of  the  REA  Kaltim  estates.    These

group.    Identification,  assessment,  management  and

additional  subsidiaries  comprise  PT  Cipta  Davia  Mandiri

mitigation of the risks associated with such matters forms

(“CDM”), PT Kartanegara Kumala Sakti (“KKS”), PT Kutai

part of the group’s system of internal control for which the

Mitra  Sejahtera  (“KMS”),  PT  Putra  Bongan  Jaya  (“PBJ”)

board  of  the  company  has  ultimate  responsibility.    The

and  PT  Sasana  Yudha  Bhakti  (“SYB”).    Each  of  these

board  discharges  that  responsibility  as  described  in  the

subsidiaries  is,  or  will  on  completion  of  necessary  legal

“Corporate  governance”  section  of  this  annual  report.

formalities  be,  owned  as  to  95  per  cent  by  group

Material 

risks  and 

related  policies 

regarding

companies and 5 per cent by Indonesian local investors.

environmental,  social  and  governance  matters  are

described  under  “Risks  and  uncertainties”  below  and

Land areas

under 

“Employees”, 

“Community 

development”,

“Smallholders”, “Conservation” and “Sustainable practices”

Although the 1991 understanding established a basis for

in  “Agricultural  operations”  below.          The  latter  sections

the provision of land for development by or in cooperation

also  detail  the  group’s  successes  and  failures  in

with  the  group,  all  applications  to  develop  previously

environmental,  social  and  governance  areas  and  the

undeveloped  land  areas  have  to  be  agreed  by  the

measures  taken  in  response  to  failures.    Independent

Indonesian Ministry of Forestry and to go through a titling

21

Review of the group continued

and permit process.  This process begins with the grant of

REA  Kaltim  and  11,771    hectares  held  by  SYB.    In  the

a land allocation.  This is followed by environmental and

case  of  SYB,  the  total  takes  into  account  the  excision

other  assessments  to  delineate  those  areas  within  the

from  the  titled  areas  of  some  750  hectares  of

allocation that are suitable for development, settlement of

undeveloped  land  following  the  group’s  agreement  to

compensation  claims  from  local  communities  and  other

release such land for a government smallholder scheme.

necessary legal procedures that vary from case to case.

The land titling process is completed by a cadastral survey

During  the  year,  KKS  was  successful  in  obtaining  a

(during  which  boundary  markers  are  inserted)  and  the
issue of a formal registered land title certificate (an “hak
guna usaha” or “HGU” certificate).

renewed allocation of 15,100 hectares out of a total area

of 20,000 hectares in respect of which its previous land

allocation  had  expired  (the  balance  of  such  land  being

subject  to  Ministry  of  Forestry  licences  for  logging

Permits  are  then  required  for  the  development  of  fully

activities  although  those  activities  ceased  many  years

titled  land  and  these  are  often  issued  in  stages.    In

ago).    The  renewed  allocation  is  conditional  upon

particular, since the end of 2009, the Ministry of Forestry

completion  of  a  planned  rezoning  of  East  Kalimantan

has  required  that  all  companies  clearing  land  for

which  is  slowly  progressing  through  the  governmental

plantation development obtain a so-called timber cutting
permit  (“izin  pemanfaatan  kayu” or  “IPK”)  before
commencing land development.  As pre-conditions of the

authorities  who  must  approve  it.    Against  this,  parts  of

several  of  the  land  allocations  previously  held  by  the

group  had  to  be  relinquished  either  because  they

issue of an IPK to a plantation company, the Ministry of

comprised  land  that  was  found  not  to  be  zoned  for

Forestry requires that the zoning of the land to be covered

plantation  development  or  because  of  conflicting  land

by  the  IPK  is  checked  to  ensure  that  plantation

claims.    As  a  result,  the  land  allocations  still  subject  to

development  occurs  only  in  areas  that  have  been

titling  that  were  held  within  the  group  at  31  December

approved  for  agricultural  development  and,  further,  that

2010 comprise 6,741 hectares in CDM, 15,100 hectares

the land concerned is surveyed by representatives of the

in  KKS,  7,445  hectares  in  KMS  and  2,214  hectares  in

Ministry. 

SYB.

In  the  group’s  experience,  the  land  titling  and  permit

In  February  2011,  KMS   was  granted  full  HGU title  in

process,  which  was  never  straightforward,  has  become

respect  of  7,321  hectares  of  its  7,445  hectares  land

more complicated in recent years.  This has followed the

allocation  and  the  balance  of  124  hectares  was

devolution  of  significant  authority  in  relation  to  land

relinquished.  The titling of the remaining land allocations

matters  from  the  Indonesian  central  government  to

may result in exclusion of further areas, particularly in the

Indonesian  provincial  and  district  authorities.    This  has

case  of  the  CDM  where  the  land  allocation  is  known  to

resulted  in  an  increase  in  the  number  of  official  bodies

include a number of smallholder settlements.  Moreover,

involved in the titling process.

not all of the areas in respect of which full HGU titles are

issued  can  be  planted  with  oil  palms.    Some  fully  titled

The  group’s  land  titling  made  further  progress  during

land may be unsuitable for planting or subject to zoning or

2010  to  the  extent  that  the  fully  titled  agricultural  land

similar restrictions (such as areas potentially available for

area held by the group amounted by year end to 63,263

mining),  a  proportion  will  be  set  aside  for  conservation

hectares,  comprising  9,784  hectares  held  by  CDM,

and  a  further  proportion  is  required  for  roads,  buildings

11,602  hectares  held  by  PBJ,  30,106  hectares  held  by

and  other  infrastructural  facilities.    This  means  that  the

22

prospective maximum area that the group could plant with

hectares.  A further 3,450 hectares planted in 2007 came

oil palms on the fully titled and allocated agricultural land

to maturity at the start of 2011. 

areas currently held must be expected to be less than the

gross hectarage that those areas comprise.

Reserve  land  held  by  the  group  only  becomes  available

for development when the titling process has proceeded

The  operations  of  REA  Kaltim  are  located  some  140

to  a  point  at  which  the  group  has  been  granted

kilometres  north  west  of  Samarinda,  the  capital  of  East

development  and  necessary  land  clearing  licences,  and

Kalimantan,  and  lie  either  side  of  the  Belayan  river,  a

compensation agreements have been reached with local

tributary of the Mahakam, one of the major river systems

villagers who have claims in respect of their previous use

of  South  East  Asia.    The  KKS  and  SYB  areas  are

of the land.   During 2010, progress of the group's plans

contiguous  with  the  REA  Kaltim  areas  so  that  the  three

for  oil  palm  extension  planting  was  seriously  delayed  by

areas together form a single site.  All of these areas fall

hold  ups  in  the  issue  of  necessary  permits  and,  in

within the Kutai Kartanegara district of East Kalimantan.

particular, of the recently introduced IPKs.   This reflected,

The PBJ area sits some 70 kilometres to the south of the

at least in part, a lack of clarity on the part of the relevant

REA  Kaltim  areas  in  the  West  Kutai  district  of  East

authorities  as  to  the  procedure  to  be  followed  by

Kalimantan while the CDM and KMS areas are located in

plantation  company  applicants  seeking  to  obtain  these

close proximity of each other in the East Kutai district of

newly required permits.   As a result, the aggregate area

East Kalimantan less than 30 kilometres to the east of the

planted  or  under  development  increased  over  2010  by

REA Kaltim areas.

only  some  1,000  hectares,  all  of  which  related  to  areas

that  were  exempted  from  the  IPK  requirement  having

At  present,  access  to  the  REA  Kaltim,  SYB,  KKS,  CDM

been  already  under  development  when  this  requirement

and KMS areas can be obtained only by river and by air

was introduced.

although the completion in 2005 of a road bridge over the

Mahakam  at  Kota  Bangun  may  eventually  permit  road

Encouragingly, the group did finally secure its first IPK in

access  as  well.    The  PBJ  area  is  already  accessible  by

January 2011 and a further IPK was issued in March. This

road. The CDM and KMS areas can be accessed from the

has  permitted  the  resumption  of  extension  planting.

REA Kaltim area by way of abandoned logging roads.

Moreover, the group believes that the relevant authorities,

having now started to issue IPKs, will be able to process

The  group  continues  to  look  at  acquiring  further  areas

the group’s further IPK applications with less delay than

suitable  for  planting  with  oil  palms  within  the  general

was the case immediately after the new IPK requirement

vicinity of its existing land allocations but, with land prices

came into force.  The group therefore retains its oil palm

rising  and  increasing  interest  in  plantation  development,

planting  target  for  the  two  year  period  ending  31

land  is  much  less  available  than  was  the  case  in  1991

December 2011 of 8,000 hectares in total.  The directors

when the group first established itself in East Kalimantan.

believe that this target remains achievable but whether it

Land development

will actually be achieved will be critically dependent upon

land becoming available for development as needed.

Areas  planted  and  in  course  of  development  as  at  31

At current cost levels and CPO prices, extension planting

December  2010  amounted  in  total  to  32,083  hectares.

in  areas  adjacent  to  the  existing  developed  areas  still

Of  this  total,  mature  plantings  comprised  21,984

offers  the  prospect  of  attractive  returns.    Accordingly,  it

23

Review of the group continued

remains  the  policy  of  the  directors  that,  subject  to

capacity 

to  meet 

the  expected  FFB  processing

financial  and  logistical  constraints,  the  group  should

requirements of 2011 but by 2012 the group will require

continue its expansion and should aim over time to plant

a third mill.  Work is already in hand on the construction of

with  oil  palms  all  suitable  undeveloped  land  available  to

this  third  mill  and  it  is  expected  that  mill  commissioning

the  group  (other  than  areas  set  aside  by  the  group  for

will be completed ahead of the peak cropping months of

conservation).    Such  expansion  will,  however,  involve  a

2012.

series  of  discrete  annual  decisions  as  to  the  area  to  be

planted in each forthcoming year and the rate of planting

The group's newer oil mill incorporates, within the overall

may  be  accelerated  or  scaled  back  in  the  light  of

facility, a palm kernel crushing plant in which palm kernels

prevailing circumstances.  Moreover, the group’s capacity

can  be  further  processed  to  extract  the  CPKO  that  the

for extension development will continue to be dependent

palm  kernels  contain.    The  kernel  crushing  plant  is

upon the rate at which the group can make additional land

economic to run because the oil mill in which the plant is

areas available for planting. 

Processing and transport facilities

located  is  able  to  generate  sufficient  power,  from  the

combustion of waste products from the mill’s processing

of FFB, to operate the kernel crushing plant and to meet

the  other  power  requirements  of  the  mill.    Moreover,

The  group  currently  operates  two  oil  mills  in  which  the

processing  kernels  into  CPKO  avoids  the  material

FFB crops harvested from the mature oil palm areas are

logistical  difficulties  and  cost  associated  with  the

processed into CPO and palm kernels.  

transport and sale of kernels.   The kernel crushing plant

has a capacity of 150 tonnes of kernels per day which is

The first mill, which dates from 1998, was developed to

sufficient  to  process  all  kernel  output  from  the  group’s

give an intended capacity of 80 tonnes per hour but, by

two existing oil mills.   Further kernel crushing capacity will

2009,  the  combined  effect  of  a  reduction  in  available

be  needed  in  2012  and  the  third  mill  now  under

power  (following  deterioration  in  one  of  the  two  boilers)

construction  will  therefore  incorporate  its  own  kernel

and  inefficiencies  in  other  ageing  mill  machinery  was

crushing plant.

making  it  difficult  to  operate  the  mill  at  the  intended

capacity over any extended period.  A major overhaul of

The  group  maintains  a  fleet  of  barges  for  transport  of

the mill was initiated in 2010 to address this problem. This

CPO  and  CPKO.    The  fleet  is  used  in  conjunction  with

has involved upgrading of machinery and the installation

tank storage adjacent to the oil mills and a transhipment

of  a  new  boiler.    The  overhaul,  which  will  restore  the

terminal owned by the group downstream of the port of

effective mill capacity to 80 tonnes per hour, is currently

Samarinda.   The fleet now comprises one barge of 4,000

on schedule and should be completed before the start of

tonnes,  which  the  group  time  charters  (and  which,  in

the 2011 peak cropping period in September.

2010,  replaced  a  3,000  tonne  barge  that  the  group

previously  time  chartered),  and  a  number  of  smaller

The capacity of the second oil mill, which was brought into

barges,  ranging  between  750  and  2,000  tonnes,  which

production in 2006, was expanded during 2010 from 60

are owned by the group.  The smaller barges are used for

to 80 tonnes per hour.

transporting palm products from the upriver operations to

the transhipment terminal for collection from that terminal

The  upgrading  of  the  older  mill  and  expansion  of  the

by buyers or for transfer to the larger barge.  The latter is

newer  mill  should  provide  the  group  with  sufficient

24

then  used  for  sea  voyages  to  make  deliveries  to

70  kilometres  downstream  where  year  round  loading  of

customers in Malaysia and other parts of Indonesia.  

barges of up to 2,000 tonnes is possible.  The group owns

The directors believe that flexibility of delivery options is

a riverside site in this downstream location.  Road access

helpful  to  the  group  in  its  efforts  to  optimise  the  net

to this site was washed away in 2005 but restored during

prices, FOB port of Samarinda, that it is able to realise for

2009.  The group is now considering the development of

its produce.  Moreover, the group’s ability itself to deliver

its  own  permanent  loading  facilities  on  the  site  for  use

CPO and CPKO allows the group to make sales without

during  dry  periods.    The  group  is  also  seeking  (by

the  collection  delays  sometimes  experienced  with  FOB

obtaining  licences  to  use  third  party  owned  roads)  to

buyers.  Currently, a significant proportion of the group's

establish  alternative  routes  for  the  transfer  of  palm

CPO is sold for delivery to ports in Sabah in East Malaysia.

products  to  the  downstream  loading  point  during  drier

As  a  result,  the  4,000  tonne  barge  is  employed  almost

periods  to  ensure  that,  as  volumes  increase,  the  group

exclusively  in  sailing  between  Samarinda  and  Sabah.

can continue during such periods promptly to evacuate all

Because  of  the  relatively  short  distance  involved,  this  is

palm product output.

proving very efficient in minimising transformation costs.

Crops and extraction rates

A  trial  made  in  2005  established  that  it  is  both  feasible

and economic to use the barge fleet to transfer CPO from

FFB crops for the years from 2006 to 2010 are shown in

the  Samarinda  transhipment  terminal  to  ships  anchored

the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.  The crop

offshore  outside  the  port  of  Samarinda.    This  potentially

out-turn  for  2010  amounted  to  518,742  tonnes  of  oil

provides access to vessels of much greater tonnage than

palm fresh fruit bunches.  This represented an increase of

the  vessels  that  can  be  loaded  within  the  port  of

5.8 per cent on the FFB crop for 2009 of 490,178 tonnes

Samarinda (which are effectively limited to 6,000 tonnes).

but was below the budgeted crop for the year of 561,680

Moreover,  the  recent  construction  of  bulking  facilities  in

tonnes.  External purchases of FFB from smallholders and

the port of Balikpapan means that larger vessels may now

other third parties in 2010 totalled 20,089 tonnes (2009:

also  be  accessed  by  barging  from  the  upstream  oil

13,248 tonnes).    

storage tanks to Balikpapan and transhipping there rather

than in Samarinda.   Access to larger vessels would permit

Rainfall  across  the  group's  estates  averaged  4,434  mm

the  group  to  ship  palm  products  to  Europe  when

for 2010, compared with 3,123 mm for the previous year.

differentials  between  European  and  South  East  Asian

Although  the  high  level  of  rainfall  caused  some

prices  for  CPO  and  CPKO  make  it  worthwhile  to  do  so.

disruptions to harvesting in the last quarter of 2010, the

This  is  not  currently  the  case  but  the  situation  may

directors  believe  that  the  principal  reason  for  the  crop

change  when  the  group  becomes  able  to  deliver  palm

shortfall  against  budget  was  the  extended  drier  period

products  that  have  been  certified  as  sustainably

experienced in 2009 coincident with an occurrence of the

produced.

El  Niño  weather  phenomenon.    Theoretical  calculations

based on average daily rainfall had indicated that rainfall

During periods of lower rainfall (which normally occur for

during  2009  was  sufficient  to  avoid  palms  suffering

short periods during the drier months of May to August of

moisture  stress  (which  is  known  to  have  a  temporary

each  year),  river  levels  on  the  upper  reaches  of  the

effect on subsequent cropping levels) but 2010 cropping

Belayan become volatile and palm products at times have

experience  suggests  that  these  calculations  were

to be transferred by road from the mills to a point some

unfortunately  over-optimistic  and  underestimated  the

25

Review of the group continued

variations  in  moisture  levels  across  the  estates  and  in

period  of  168.8  million  tonnes  with  CPO  accounting  for

particular the negative effects on moisture absorption of

46.7 million tonnes of this (27.6 per cent of the total).  

run-off in hilly areas.

Vegetable  and  animal  oils  and  fats  have  conventionally

The group’s own FFB crop for 2011 has been budgeted

been  used  principally  for  the  production  of  cooking  oil,

at 611,000 tonnes with a normal budgetary assumption

margarine  and  soap.    Consumption  of  these  basic

of average rainfall (both as to quantum and distribution).

commodities  correlates  with  population  growth  and,  in

The FFB crop to end March 2011 amounted to 135,424

less  developed  areas,  with  per  capita  incomes  and  thus

tonnes  against  the  budget  for  the  period  of  141,117

economic  growth.    Demand  is  therefore  driven  by  the

tonnes.  The directors do not believe that any conclusions

increasing world population and economic growth in the

as  to  the  likelihood  of  the  group  achieving  its  budgeted

key markets of India and China.  Vegetable and animal oils

crop for 2011 should be drawn from the slight shortfall of

and  fats  can  also  be  used  to  provide  bio-fuels  and,  in

the  first  quarter  as  variations  from  year  to  year  in  the

particular, bio-diesel.  According to Oil World, bio-fuel use

monthly phasing of each year’s crop are normal.  External

during the year to 31 December 2010 accounted for 12

purchases  of  FFB  during  2011  have  been  budgeted  at

per  cent  of  all  vegetable  and  animal  oil  and  fat

25,000 tonnes.

consumption. 

Processing  of  the  group's  own  FFB  production  and  the

The  principal  competitors  of  CPO  are  the  oils  from  the

externally  purchased  FFB,  together  totalling  538,831

annual  oilseed  crops,  the  most  significant  of  which  are

tonnes  (2009:  503,426  tonnes),  produced  127,256

soybean,  oilseed  rape  and  sunflower.    Because  these

tonnes  of  CPO  (2009:  118,357  tonnes)  and  24,614

oilseeds are sown annually, their production can be rapidly

tonnes of palm kernels (2009: 23,740 tonnes) reflecting

adjusted to meet prevailing economic circumstances with

extraction rates of 23.62 per cent for CPO (2009: 23.51

high vegetable oil prices encouraging increased planting

per cent) and 4.57 per cent for kernels (2009: 4.72 per

and low prices producing a converse effect.  Accordingly,

cent).    Production  of  CPKO  amounted  to  9,745  tonnes

in  the  absence  of  special  factors,  pricing  within  the  oils

(2009: 9,636 tonnes) with an extraction rate of 40.07 per

and  fats  complex  can  be  expected  to  oscillate  about  a

cent (2009: 40.04 per cent). 

mean  at  which  adequate  returns  are  obtained  from

growing the annual oilseed crops.

The  group’s  target  extraction  rates  for  2010  were  24.0

per cent for CPO, 4.75 per cent for palm kernels and 42

Since the oil yield per hectare from oil palms (at between

per cent for CPKO.  These target rates are being retained

4 and 7 tonnes) is much greater than that of the principal

for 2011.

Markets and revenues

annual  oilseeds  (less  than  1  tonne),  CPO  can  be

produced  more  economically 

than 

the  principal

competitor  oils  and  this  provides  CPO  with  a  natural

competitive advantage within the vegetable oil and animal

According to Oil World, worldwide consumption of the 17

fat  complex.    Within  those  markets,  CPO  should  also

major vegetable and animal oils and fats increased by 4.1

continue  to  benefit  from  health  concerns  in  relation  to

per  cent  to  169.5  million  tonnes  in  the  year  to  30

trans-fatty acids.  Such acids are formed when vegetable

September  2010.    The  increased  consumption  was

oils  are  artificially  hardened  by  hydrogenation.    Poly-

reflected in increased world production during the same

unsaturated  oils,  such  as  soybean  oil,  rape  oil  and

26

sunflower  oil,  require  hydrogenation  before  they  can  be

between a high of $1,249 per tonne and a low of $234

used  for  shortening  or  other  solid  fat  applications  but

per tonne.  The monthly average price over the ten years

CPO does not.

as a whole has been $580 per tonne.

Bio-fuel has become an important factor in the vegetable

The rise in CPO prices seen in 2009 continued into 2010.

and animal oil and fat markets, not so much because of

After opening the year at a little above $800 per tonne,

the oil and fats that it currently consumes, although this is

CIF Rotterdam, and remaining broadly at that level for the

not  insignificant,  but  because  the  size  of  the  energy

first six months of 2010, the price rose further in the third

market means that bio-fuel can provide a ready outlet for

quarter  of  the  year  to  $935  per  tonne  at  the  end  of

large  volumes  of  oils  and  fats  over  a  short  period  when

September 2010 and then again, and even more sharply,

surpluses in supply depress prices to levels at which bio-

in the last quarter to close the year at $1,285 per tonne.

fuel  can  be  produced  at  a  cost  that  is  competitive  with

Prices  have  remained  comfortably  over  the  $1,000  per

prevailing petroleum oil prices.  This should provide a floor

tonne level so far in 2011 and at times CPO has traded at

for vegetable and animal oil and fat prices.

above $1,300 per tonne.

The  directors  believe  that  demand  for,  supply  of  and

The  current  historically  high  prices  of  CPO  and  other

consequent pricing of, vegetable and animal oils and fats

vegetable oils (which have appreciated commensurately)

will ultimately be driven by fundamental market factors.  It

are  attributable  to  a  number  of  factors:    the  demand

is however possible that normal market mechanisms may,

drivers  of  population  growth  and  developing  world

for a time at least, be affected by government intervention.

economic growth referred to above; increasing petroleum

It has long been the case that some areas (such as the

oil prices that are improving the economics of converting

EU) have provided subsidies to encourage the growing of

vegetable oils to bio-fuels and the combined impact of the

oilseeds  and  that  such  subsidies  have  distorted  the

El Niño and La Niña weather phenomena that have held

natural  economics  of  producing  oilseed  crops.    More

back  production.      For  2011,  consumption  may  outstrip

recently  there  have  been  actions  by  governments

production  and  with  stocks  low  and  the  annual  oilseed

attempting to reduce dependence on fossil fuels.  These

crops competing for land with wheat and corn, which are

have  included  steps  to  enforce  mandatory  blending  of

also  at  high  prices  and  in  strong  demand,  CPO  prices

bio-fuel  as  a  fixed  minimum  percentage  of  all  fuels  and

could  reasonably  be  expected  to  remain  at  good  levels

subsidies  to  support  the  cultivation  of  crops  capable  of

throughout 2011.

being used to produce bio-fuel.  Concerns as to the side

effect of such actions in reducing food availability and in

The current unrest in the Middle East and the after effects

encouraging despoliation of forest lands may limit further

of  the  Japanese  tsunami  could  negatively  impact  the

measures  to  encourage  the  production  of  bio-fuel  but  it

world economy leading to some downturn in food demand

appears likely that measures already in place will remain

for vegetable oil but, against this, they could also result in

in force for some time to come. 

higher petroleum oil prices and a consequential increase

in  the  floor  price  for  vegetable  oil  that  the  bio-diesel

A graph of CIF Rotterdam spot CPO prices for the last ten

conversion  option  provides.    Nevertheless,  the  directors

years,  as  derived  from  prices  published  by  Oil  World,  is

retain  their  view  that  vegetable  oil  markets  will  remain

shown in the “Key statistics” section of this annual report.

cyclical and that it is therefore likely that the current high

The monthly average price over the ten years has moved

27

Review of the group continued

prices will eventually result in increased supply and lead

tonne,  CIF  Rotterdam,  to  25  per  cent  on  sales  at  prices

to lower prices, albeit probably not in 2011.

above  the  equivalent  of  $1,250  per  tonne.    Whilst  the

progressive nature of this duty means that the Indonesian

In  2010,  approximately  37  per  cent  by  volume  of  group

state takes a large part of the benefit of high prices, an

CPO sales was made to the local Indonesian market and

effect  of  the  duty  is  to  constrain  the  impact  of  rising

the  balance  of  63  per  cent  was  exported.    FOB  prices

international CPO prices on the local Indonesian price of

realised for CPO in the local market during 2010 were for

cooking oil.  This may be important to continuing political

the  most  part  broadly  in  line  with  those  available  in  the

stability  in  Indonesia  which  is  certainly  beneficial  to

export  market  but,  with  production  volumes  increasing,

foreign investors in Indonesia.

the  group  wishes  to  ensure  that  it  can  access  both

domestic  and  international  CPO  markets.    Sales

As  a  general  rule,  all  CPO  and  CPKO  produced  by  the

continued to be made to a small number of buyers with

group is sold on the basis of prices prevailing immediately

export  sales  concentrated  within  the  South  East  Asian

ahead  of  delivery  but,  on  occasions  when  market

region and the vast majority of exports going to refineries

conditions  appear  favourable,  the  group  may  consider

in  East  Malaysia  owned  by  one  customer  (a  major

making forward sales at fixed prices.  The fact that export

company of international standing).

duty is levied on prices prevailing at date of delivery, not

on  prices  realised,  does  act  as  a  disincentive  to  making

With  CPKO  prices  rising  to  an  even  greater  extent  than

forward fixed price sales since a rise in CPO prices prior

CPO  prices  during  2010,  CPKO  became  a  more

to delivery of such sales will mean that the group will not

important second product for the group.   To ensure that

only forego the benefit of a higher price but may also pay

full  value  was  being  captured,  the  group  expanded  its

export tax on, and at a rate calculated by reference to, a

CPKO customer base and started selling CPKO for export

higher  price  than  it  has  obtained  (and  in  this  context  it

as well as domestically.  As a result, exports represented

should  be  noted  that  if  CPO  prices  were  to  rise

34 per cent of CPKO sales by volume in 2010 against nil

significantly above $1,250 per tonne CIF Rotterdam, the

in 2009.

current  sliding  scale  of  export  duties  might  well  be

extended).    When  making  forward  fixed  price  sales,  the

CPO  and  CPKO  sales  are  made  on  contract  terms  that

group would not normally commit a volume equivalent to

are comprehensive and standard for each of the markets

more  than  60  per  cent  of  its  projected  CPO  or  CPKO

into  which  the  group  sells.  The  group  therefore  has  no

production for a forthcoming period of twelve months.  No

current  need  to  develop  its  own  terms  of  dealing  with

deliveries were made against forward fixed price sales of

customers.  The group will give consideration to separate

CPO or CPKO during 2010 and the group currently has

marketing  of  segregated  sustainable  oil  once  it  has

no sales outstanding on this basis.

obtained  accreditation 

from 

the  Roundtable  on

Sustainable Palm Oil as referred to under “Accreditation

The  average  US  dollar  prices  per  tonne  realised  by  the

and verification” below. 

group  in  respect  of  2010  sales  of  CPO  and  CPKO,

adjusted to FOB, Samarinda, and net of export duty were,

The  Indonesian  regulations  imposing  sliding  scales  of

respectively,  $779  (2009:  $591)  and  $1,066  (2009:

duty on exports of CPO and CPKO remain in place.  The

$579).

rate of duty payable on CPO currently rises from nil per

cent on sales at prices of up to the equivalent of $700 per

28

Costs

sites  adjacent  to  the  group’s  oil  mills.    The  contractor

takes title to these residues and manages the composting

The  group's  revenue  costs  principally  comprise:    direct

process  (this  takes  45  days  and  involves  seeding  the

costs of harvesting, processing and despatch; direct costs

residues  with  an  accelerant  of  micro-organisms  (which

of upkeep of mature areas; estate and central overheads

the  contractor  supplies),  mixing  the  residues  and

in  Indonesia;  the  overheads  of  the  UK  head  office;  and

macerating  the  mix  to  encourage  biodegradation).    The

financing  costs.    The  group’s  strategy  in  seeking  to

contractor  then  sells  back  the  resultant  compost  to  the

minimise unit costs of production is to maximise yields per

group  at  an  agreed  price  with  a  guaranteed  nutrient

hectare,  to  seek  efficiencies  in  the  overall  costs  and  to

content.

spread  central  overheads  over  as  large  a  cultivated

hectarage as possible.

The expellate from the milling of palm kernels has hitherto

been  used  as  a  further  substitute  for  inorganic  fertiliser

The  level  of  rainfall  in  the  areas  of  the  agricultural

but with rising demand for this expellate for use in animal

operations  provides  the  group  with  some  natural

feeds, the group will in future sell its palm kernel expellate

advantage  in  relation  to  crop  yields.    The  group

production at times when the sales value of the expellate

endeavours to capitalise on this advantage by constantly

exceeds its value as a fertiliser substitute. 

striving to improve its agricultural practices.  In particular,

careful  attention  is  given  to  ensuring  that  new  oil  palm

During  2011,  the  group  is  aiming  to  make  further  cost

areas are planted with high quality seed from proven seed

savings  from  the  recycling  of  waste  by  establishing  two

gardens  and  that  all  oil  palm  areas  receive  the  upkeep

methane  conversion  plants. 

  Each  plant  will  be

and fertiliser that they need.  

constructed  adjacent  to  an  existing  oil  mill  and  will  be

based  around  a  lagoon  covered  with  inflatable  high

With  inorganic  fertiliser  representing  a  major  and

density  polyethylene  sheeting.    After  initial  cooling,  mill

increasing  cost,  the  group  has  endeavoured  in  recent

effluent  will  pass  to  the  lagoon  which  is  designed  to

years  to  develop  natural  fertilisers.    Two  consequences
have been the extensive planting of macuna bracteata as
a cover crop in the oil palm areas and the composting of
residues  of  the  CPO  production  process.    Macuna
bracteata (of  which  the  group  was  an  early  user  in
Indonesia) not only keeps down noxious weeds but is also

accelerate  the  anaerobic  digestion  of  the  effluent.    The

methane  released  during  the  digestion  process  will  be

captured  within  the  lagoon  cover,  passed  through  a

biological  scrubber  and  used  to  fuel  one  or  more  gas

powered  generators.    Methane  that  is  surplus  to

requirements  for  electricity  generation  will  be  flared  off.

a  prolific  generator  of  vegetative  matter  that  acts  as  a

The digested effluent will be discharged from the lagoon

natural  fertiliser  and  soil  improver,  thereby  promoting  oil

to  the  existing  mill  effluent  ponds  and  subsequently

palm  growth,  particularly  in  the  immature  phase.

passed  to  the  composting  process.    The  electricity

Composting too produces substantial volumes of natural

generated from the captured methane will be supplied to

fertiliser  by  converting  empty  fruit  bunches  and  oil  mill

a  number  of  estate  villages,  thereby  reducing  materially

effluent into a nutrient rich compost. 

the  requirement  for  diesel  generated  electricity.    It  is

expected  that  each  lagoon  will  have  a  methane

Composting  is  effected  by  delivering  all  empty  fruit

production  capacity  sufficient  to  generate  about  3

bunches  and  oil  mill  effluent  (in  the  latter  case  after

megawatts of power. 

treatment in effluent ponds) to a composting contractor at

29

Review of the group continued

Because  the  methane  conversion  plants  will  reduce  the

Employees

group’s greenhouse gas emissions, the group expects to

obtain  carbon  credits  under  the  Clean  Development

The  workforce  in  the  group’s  agricultural  operations

Mechanism for the period from completion of the plants

continues  to  expand  in  line  with  the  growth  in  the

up  to  2020.    Taking  these  credits  into  account,  the

operations  so  that,  by  the  end  of  2010,  the  workforce

methane  conversion  plants  are  expected  to  generate

numbered over 7,400 (2009: 6,900).

acceptable  investment  returns  and  reduce  considerably

the group’s carbon footprint.

The  reorganisation  of  the  human  resources  department

that  was  initiated  in  2009  is  now  nearing  completion.

Investments  made  in  2009  in  increased  mechanical

Employment  manuals  have  been  overhauled,  new

handling  of  FFB  collection  and  transport  and  in

defined indicators introduced for evaluating performance

establishing  an  “in  house”  road  maintenance  capability

and positions re-graded so as to ensure that the group’s

have proved successful and resulted in significant savings

remuneration  in  the  ongoing  is  competitive  and  fair  and

during  2010.    Further  efficiencies  are  likely  as  staff

appropriately  reflects  the  grading  of  positions  and

become fully accustomed to the new arrangements.

industry  benchmarks.    Formal  processes  have  been

introduced for recruitment, particularly for key managerial

The group is persevering with its development of a new

positions.  The changes, which are intended to ensure a

management  information  and  accounting  database  but

more consistent approach to the management of human

implementation has proved more complex than originally

resources, have been well received.

foreseen.    This  has  caused  some  delays  and  it  is  now

hoped that the new database will be operational for 2012.

Almost  all  members  of  the  workforce  and  their

The new database should facilitate analysis by reference

dependants are housed in group housing in a network of

to much smaller units than has hitherto been possible and

villages  across  the  group  estates.    All  villages  are

should  thus  permit  management  to  identify  and  remedy

equipped with potable water and electricity and provided

underperformance on a more focused basis. 

with  a  range  of  amenity  buildings  including  mosques,

churches,  shops,  schools  and  crèches.    A  full  review  of

The  group’s  costs  are  currently  subject  to  many

housing  and  related  facilities  is  planned  for  2011  to

inflationary pressures.  Fertiliser, diesel and steel prices all

assess  future  housing  requirements  and  investigate  the

rose  during  2010  and  are  continuing  to  rise.    Higher

scope for further enhancing workforce amenities.

Indonesian inflation coupled with a firm Indonesian rupiah

is  putting  pressure  on  Indonesian  labour  costs  in  US

A trust funded by the group operates a network of primary

dollar  terms  whilst  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  oil  palm

schools and crèches across the group's estates and the

sector  is  increasing  competition  for  senior  staff  and

group  provides  support  to  state  secondary  schools

pushing up salary costs.  The group will not be immune to

serving the children of the group's employees.  In 2010,

these  pressures  but  the  impact  on  unit  costs  may  be

90  pupils  from  the  group’s  primary  schools  sat

mitigated  over  time  by  increased  cropping  from  newly

examinations for entry to state secondary schools and a

mature areas. 

100  per  cent  pass  rate  was  achieved  (2009:  88  pupils

and 100 per cent). 

30

The group runs its own health service with a medical clinic

path.    Until  recently,  the  graduate  intake  was  limited  to

in each estate village and a central hospital.  It also has

graduates holding agricultural qualifications but this was

partnership  links  with  larger  hospitals  in  Samarinda  and

broadened  in  2009  to  include  engineering  graduates.

Jakarta.  The estate clinics and hospital are open not only

Future graduate recruitment may be further broadened to

to the group's employees and their dependants but also

include  a  wider  spectrum  of  graduates  with  the  aim  of

to members of the local communities.  The group actively

providing  the  group  with  a  pool  of  staff  qualified  to

supports  measures  to  control  endemic  diseases  and  to

manage all aspects of the group’s plantation activities.

further  the  education  of  its  workforce  in  hygiene  and

similar  health  matters.    No  incidents  of  vector  borne

Continued  training  is  provided  for  staff  at  all  levels.

diseases  (such  as  dengue  fever  and  malaria)  in  which

Regular  programmes  are  constructed  by,  and  operated

infection occurred on the group’s estates were reported

out  of,  the  group's  own  training  school.    These  are

during 2010 or 2009.  29 cases of malaria were treated

supplemented  by  external  management  development

during 2010 and, in each case, the affected persons had

courses and attendance at industry conferences.  A wide

been infected prior to arrival on, or return to, the estates.

variety  of  topics  is  covered  including  health  and  safety,

sustainability, communication skills and English language

The group has health and safety policies that are clearly

courses.    An  analysis  of  training  needs  was  conducted

communicated  to  all  employees  and  are  managed

during  2010  to  identify  any  competency  gaps  and  to

through regular meetings on each operating unit attended

ensure  that  future  training  programmes  address  these

by  management  and  employee  representatives.  The

effectively.

minutes  from  all  such  meetings  are  reviewed  by  senior

management  ultimately  accountable  to  the  group

In  2010,  the  group  introduced  a  system  of  total  quality

managing  director  and  appropriate  action  is  taken  to

management  for  all  levels  of  the  workforce  with  the

remedy any deficiencies identified.  There were no serious

objectives  of  encouraging  teamwork  and  motivating

accidents  to  members  of  the  group’s  workforce  during

employees to achieve improvements in productivity.  This

2010 or 2009.    

involved  intensive  training  and  the  formation  of  quality

control  circle  teams.    The  teams  participated  and  were

Having available staff in the numbers and with the skills

assessed  in  an  internal  competition  and  the  best

and commitment that are required is vital to the group in

performing team was selected to participate in a national

its  efforts  to  establish  best  practice  in  all  aspects  of  its

competition in Batam, where the team came second out

agricultural  activities.    In  most  years,  graduates  from

of  197  participants  from  94  different  companies.    The

Indonesian  universities  are  recruited  to  join  a  twelve

group 

intends 

to  pursue  additional 

total  quality

month  training  programme  organised  by  the  group's

management  initiatives  during  2011  with  the  aim  of

training  school  that  provides  a  grounding  in  oil  palm

further  improving  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s

estate management.  Those successfully completing the

operations.

programme are offered management positions. 

Wherever possible, the group fills available staff positions

ethnically  diverse  employment  opportunities  and

by internal promotion.  With the continuing expansion of

encourages  the  establishment  of  forums  in  which

the agricultural operations, this gives the group the ability

employees  or  their  representatives  can  have  free  and

to  offer  graduates  the  prospect  of  an  attractive  career

open dialogue with the group’s management. 

The group promotes a policy for the creation of equal and

31

Review of the group continued

Community development

such  projects  by  assisting  with  sale  arrangements  and

providing  financial  and  technical  assistance.    Projects

The  group  believes  that  maintenance  of  good  relations

undertaken to-date have included chicken, duck and pig

with,  and  encouraging  the  development  of, 

local

rearing,  fish  farming,  fruit,  vegetable  and  rice  cultivation

communities  in  its  areas  of  operation  is  an  essential

and  bee  keeping.    Such  projects  have  hitherto,  for  the

component of its agricultural operations.   To this end, the

most  part,  been  organised  by  small  groups  of  individual

group provides assistance to adjacent villages in a variety

villagers but the group has now started also to encourage

of ways and encourages joint social and cultural activities

village  cooperatives  to  undertake  projects.    This  permits

between its employees and local villagers.  Formal liaison

projects  on  a  slightly  larger  scale  and  widens  the

with the communities is conducted through a committee

opportunity for members of each village to participate in

made  up  of  representatives  of  the  group  and  the

the projects. 

communities.    The  committee  meets  regularly  and

provides  a  forum  in  which  the  concerns  of  any  of  the

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  responsibilities,  the

parties represented can be freely aired. 

community development department has a particular role

in the titling of new agricultural land areas allocated to the

Responsibility  for  day  to  day  dealings  with  the  local

group.  It oversees the production by external consultants

communities  is  now  split  between  three  departments:

of the community needs assessment that the group now

community  development,  smallholder  and  conservation.

commissions in all new areas prior to any development of

The  activities  of  the  smallholder  and  conservation

such  areas.    It  explains  to  the  local  communities  the

departments  are  dealt  with  under 

“Smallholder

implications  of  oil  palm  development  and  it  seeks  to

programmes” and “Conservation” below.  The community

identify and meet local concerns so that the free, prior and

development  department  is  primarily  responsible  for

informed  consent  of  local  people  is  obtained  for  new

overseeing  infrastructural  assistance  to,  and  supporting

developments.

self-help  projects  within,  the  local  communities.    The

department  is  overseen  by  the  group’s  head  of  estates

Smallholder programmes

and is managed by three senior members of staff.

The  availability  of  the  group’s  oil  mills  to  process  FFB

Infrastructural  assistance  provided  to  local  villages  to-

harvested  from  plantings  in  the  vicinity  of  the  group’s

date has included provision of generating sets, assistance

estates provides an opportunity for the local communities

with  repairs  of  village  roads,  replacement  of  a  village

to  further  their  economic  progress  by  developing

bridge and drilling of tube wells to provide drinking water.

smallholdings  of  oil  palms  in  areas  surrounding  the

In  addition,  regular  fogging  for  mosquitoes  in  the

group's  estates.    The  group  continues  to  support  such

surrounding  communities  is  helping  to  reduce  the

development  and  has  established 

its  smallholder

incidence of vector borne diseases in those communities.

department  as  a  dedicated  department  to  manage  that

Self-help projects supported by the group are intended to

support.

promote economic development in the local communities

by encouraging the communities to take advantage of the

readily  accessible  local  market  for  produce  that  the

proximate  group  workforce  provides.    The  community

development department assists in the establishment of

Until 2009, the group’s smallholder support was provided
to  individuals  pursuant  to  a  scheme  known  as  “Program
Pemberdayaan Masyarakyat Desa” or “PPMD”.  Under this
scheme, each individual smallholder cultivates oil palm on

32

his  own  two  hectare  plot.    The  group  provides  technical

provided on terms that FFB produced by the cooperatives

advice and supplies each smallholder with fertilisers and

will  be  sold  to  the  group  and  that  the  group  will  ensure

chemicals on deferred terms on the basis that when the

that,  out  of  the  proceeds  of  such  sale,  the  cooperatives

smallholder’s  oil  palm  plantings  reach  maturity,  all  FFB

meet  their  debt  service  obligations  in  respect  of  the

produced will be sold to the group for processing and the

external funding. 

group will, on an agreed basis, recover from the amounts

payable  for  the  FFB,  the  deferred  amounts  owed  to  the

The  area  planted  or  under  development  on  the  group

group.  At  31  December  2010,  some  1,561  hectares  of

supported plasma schemes increased during 2010 from

smallholder  plantings  across  14  local  villages  had  been

1,578 hectares to 3,076 hectares.   The areas developed

established following this model.   In addition, the group

to-date are owned by cooperatives with members from 9

now treats as if they were PPMD plantings a further 795

local villages.  During 2011, it is planned to increase the

hectares  of  smallholder  plantings  originally  developed

number of villages participating in the schemes by adding

under  a  government  scheme  for  which  the  group  has

further  co-operatives. 

  The  plasma  development

effectively assumed responsibility. 

programme  for  2011  has  been  budgeted  at  1,000

While  continuing  to  support  established  smallholdings

hectares.

developed  under  the  PPMD  scheme,  since  2009  the

It was originally planned that cooperative members would

group’s  efforts 

to  procure 

further  smallholder

form  the  core  labour  force  for  the  plasma  scheme

development have been concentrated on encouraging the

developments  but  would  be  supplemented  when

formation of local village cooperatives to develop oil palm

necessary  by  labour  from  the  group’s  estates  for  which

on  larger  areas  pursuant  to  what  are  known  as  “plasma

the group would render an appropriate charge.  It has now

schemes”  (such  terminology  reflecting  an  analogy  with

become clear that, with urban migration reducing village

elementary particle physics in which a company’s estates

numbers, the cooperative members available to work on

represent a “nucleus” and the associated smallholders a

the  plasma  schemes  will  be  insufficient  to  provide  more

“plasma” of linked particles).  This shift in emphasis was

than  a  minor  proportion  of  the  workforce  needed  to

prompted by a wish to accelerate the rate of smallholder

maintain  and  harvest  the  scheme  plantings.    Whilst  this

development as it became progressively clearer that the

does not change the basic principle that the labour force

logistical  constraints  of  dealing  with  a  large  number  of

for  the  scheme  development  will  be  made  up  of  a

individuals,  each  operating  on  a  relatively  small  area,

combination of cooperative members and labour supplied

would  inevitably  limit  the  rate  at  which  the  group  could

under contract by the group, it does mean that the group

expand the smallholdings that it was supporting under the

must  be  in  a  position  to  supply  contract  labour  in  much

PPMD scheme.

greater numbers than was originally expected.  The group

is  taking  steps  to  expand  estate  village  housing  and

Under  the  plasma  scheme  model,  the  land  areas  for

facilities to permit recruitment of the additional permanent

development are provided by village cooperatives but the

workers that it will in consequence need.

development is managed by the group for a fee, with the

advantage  that  development  and  production  standards

Financing  for  the  group  supported  plasma  schemes

similar  to  those  of  the  group  can  be  established  in  the

initiated 

to-date  has  been  agreed  with  a 

local

plasma areas.  The costs of development are borne by the

development  bank  in  the  form  of  fifteen  year  loans

cooperatives  but  with  funding  from  external  sources

secured  on  the  land  and  assets  of  the  schemes  and

33

Review of the group continued

guaranteed  by  the  group.    It  is  expected  that  the  loans

•

within  the  locality  of  the  group’s  agricultural

provided by the development bank will finance most of the

operations,  compiling  a  detailed  record  of  the

initial  development  costs  of  the  scheme  but  will  be

physical  attributes  of  the  landscape,  of  its  bio-

supplemented to the extent necessary by funds advanced

diversity  resources  and  of  the  status  and  value  of

by the group.

those resources in a local, national and international

Whilst the group views its support for smallholder oil palm

plantings  in  the  local  communities  adjacent  to  its

operations  as  part  of  its  social  obligations  to  those

communities,  the  discharge  of  those  obligations  will  be

mutually  beneficial  to  the  communities  and  the  group.

The  communities  will  benefit  from  the  economic

development generated as a result of the plantings while

the group will benefit from the additional throughput in its

oil mills that will result from the processing of FFB from

the plantings.

Conservation

context;

• minimising  or  eliminating  adverse  human  impacts

from the group’s plantation operations on soil, water

and biological communities;

•

•

achieving 

biodiversity 

conservation 

through

education and cooperation with local communities to

promote both protection and sustainable use; and

seeking  conservation  outcomes  that  provide  long

term  benefits  to  species,  local  communities  and  the

group.

REA  Kon  augments 

its  effectiveness 

through

partnerships  with  local  bodies  and  international  non

The  group  continues  to  plan  the  development  of  its

governmental  organisations. 

  Since  commencing

agricultural  operations  on  the  basis  of  environmental

operations in 2008, the department has organised clear

impact assessments and advice provided by independent

physical demarcation of all existing conservation reserves

experts. 

  Within 

the  areas  already  developed,

and has established a permanent database on flora and

approximately  6,000  hectares  have  been  left  intact  as

fauna that are found within the reserves and neighbouring

conservation  reserves  with  the  aim  of  conserving  flora

watercourses.    Up  to  the  end  of  2010,    REA  Kon  had

and  fauna  and  enhancing  the  biodiversity  of  the

confirmed the presence in the land reserves of a total of

landscape.  Areas identified as requiring conservation and

42  species  of  mammals,  154  species  of  birds  and  74

set  aside  as  part  of  the  planning  process  for  each  new

species  of  cold-blooded  vertebrates  (such  as  frogs,

development  area  will  be  added  to  the  conservation

snakes and lizards).  In addition, collaboration in studies of

reserves as the group expands. 

aquatic fauna conducted with the Indonesian Institute for

Sciences and Dr Maurice Kottelat, a leading ichthyologist,

The  group’s  conservation  department  (conducting  its

had  recorded  in  total  over  120  species  of  fish  and

activities  under  the  name  “REA  Kon”)  is  responsible  for

described over 10 previously unknown to science.  A total

implementing the group’s conservation objectives.  Led by

of 13 species of crustacean have been identified around

an  experienced  local  manager  with  a  staff  of  eight  and

the Belayan river including prawns found to be endemic to

advised  by  an  international  conservation  expert,  the

Kalimantan. 

department  has  established  a  long  term  development

plan  for  the  period  2010  to  2015  with  the  following

Camera  trapping  and  walking  surveys  within  the

objectives:

34

conservation reserves and adjacent estate areas have so

far recorded a total 26 orang-utans of various ages.  At

least two baby orang-utans are known to have been born

shredding plastic bottles and producing plastic flakes for

on the conservation reserves during 2009 and a further

resale. 

two  in  2010.    REA  Kon  is  monitoring  the  health  of  the

orang-utan  population  in  the  conservation  reserves  and

A  charitable  foundation,  the  Yayasan  Ulin  (“YU”)  or

will  consider  enrichment  planting  in  the  reserves  if  it

Ironwood Foundation, was set up by the group in 2009 to

appears that the naturally available food resources need

extend conservation activities into the wider Belayan river

to be enhanced although this has not, to-date, appeared

basin  and  beyond  the  immediate  areas  of  the  group’s

necessary.

agricultural operations that are managed by REA Kon.  YU

works  with  non-governmental  organisations,  academic

Quarterly  monitoring  of  water  quality  in  all  rivers  in  the

bodies,  zoos  and  other  third  parties  and  focuses  on

conservation  reserves  on  the  north  of  the  Belayan

promoting  conservation  in  areas  external  to  the  group’s

continued  during  2010  and  this  will  be  extended  to  the

plantations. 

  Projects  undertaken  to-date 

include

tributaries in the conservation reserves on the south bank

monitoring  of  water  levels  and  a  tag  and  release

during  2011.    REA  Kon  has  initiated  a  study  of  the

programme for endangered or threatened aquatic species

contribution  that  forest  predators  can  make  to  pest

caught  by  traditional  fishermen  in  the  wetlands  around

control  within  oil  palm  plantings.    Pest  levels  on  the

the group’s agricultural areas.  YU is assisted by a board

group’s estates are relatively low against industry norms

of respected international and local scientific advisers.  In

and there is indirect evidence that pests are controlled by

addition to the group, donors to YU have to-date included

natural predators in forested conservation reserves.

a number of zoological and conservation organisations as

During  2010,  REA  Kon  again  organised  a  number  of

children’s  conservation  education  camps  and  children

Sustainable practices

from  both  the  group’s  primary  school  and  local  village

well as private individuals.

schools participated.  The camps included a first camp at

The group recognises its social obligations with respect to

the  new  REA  Kon  field  station  located  within  the

pollution  and  energy  efficiency.    The  group  operates  a

conservation  reserves,  construction  of  which  was

zero burning policy in relation to land development and, in

completed  in  October  2010.    Conservation  for  added

dry periods, maintains active fire patrols in an effort to limit

value schemes continue with seedlings of rattan and fruit

the  risks  of  accidental  fires.    Corridors  are  used  to

trees being provided to local villages for planting in, and at

separate  all  plantings  from  water  courses  and  the  latter

the  periphery  of,  the  group’s  conservation  reserves.

are  regularly  monitored  to  ensure  that  they  are  not

These schemes are intended to enhance sustainable use

contaminated  by  leaching  of  fertilisers  and  chemicals.

and  deter  destruction  of  areas  by  local  slash  and  burn

The  group  actively  promotes 

integrated  pest

farming.    Demand  for  seedlings  has  been  such  that  the

management  throughout  its  operations.    Wherever

REA Kon tree nursery has had to be expanded.

possible, natural predators are preferred to pesticides for

pest control.  Selective varieties of flowering plants have

New  initiatives  undertaken  by  REA  Kon  during  2010

been planted throughout the group’s estates to promote

included the establishment of a model organic vegetable

the  population  of  wasps,  the  natural  predators  of

garden and a project to recycle plastic waste.  As respects

bagworm and caterpillars.   As noted under “Costs” above,

the  latter,  REA  Kon  is  currently  trialling  a  machine  for

processing  waste  is  converted  into  compost  which  is

applied in the oil palm areas.  The area in respect of which

35

Review of the group continued

compost  substituted  for  inorganic  fertiliser  in  2010

The group is a member of the Roundtable on Sustainable

amounted to 6,763 hectares and is projected to amount

Palm  Oil  (“RSPO”)  which  has  produced  a  set  of  eight

to over 9,000 hectares in 2011.

principles and 39 criteria for the sustainable production of

palm  oil.    Members  of  RSPO  are  required,  within  a

Handling  arrangements  are  designed  to  ensure  that  no

stipulated  period  after 

joining  RSPO, 

to  obtain

CPO, CPKO or effluent passes into water courses.  There

accreditation  that  they  comply  with  such  principles  and

were  no  incidents  of  accidental  spillage  during  2010

criteria.  The directors believe that the group's operational

(2009:  one  minor  incident).    Steps  are  being  taken  to

practices  have  always  been  of  a  high  standard  but  the

educate 

the  group’s  resident  workforce  and 

its

accreditation  process  requires  that  such  operational

dependants to segregate domestic waste so as to permit

practices  are  embedded  in  formal  systems  and  are

recycling  of  organic  waste  and,  if  the  conservation

subject to controls that are auditable.  Measures to ensure

department  plastic  recycling  project  referred  to  under

that  this  was  the  case  were  completed  during  2010.

“Conservation”  above  proves  successful,  also  plastic

Audit  of  REA  Kaltim  and  its  associated  smallholders  for

waste.

RSPO  accreditation  (conducted  by  an  RSPO  approved

independent  auditor)  took  place  in  early  2011  and  has

Fibre extracted during the milling of oil palm fruit is used

recommended  that  both  REA  Kaltim  and  its  associated

to fuel oil mill boilers from which steam is generated.  The

smallholders be granted accreditation.  Audit of SYB for

steam is then used to drive steam turbines for generating

RSPO accreditation is planned for later in 2011.

electricity.   This electricity is sufficient to power not only

the group’s oil mills but also to provide power to several

ISO  14001  and  RSPO  accreditations  are  subject  to

estate villages.  However, the power is not sufficient for all

periodic independent recertification.

villages and power can anyway only be provided when the

mills  are  running.    Estate  villages  are  therefore  heavily

ISO 14001 rules and RSPO principles and criteria impose

dependent  on  diesel  generated  power  and  this,  coupled

internationally  agreed  obligations  but,  as  a  substantial

with fuel used in vehicles, results in a currently estimated

Indonesian plantation operator, REA Kaltim is also subject

consumption of 45 litres of diesel oil and petrol per tonne

to,  and  monitored  for  compliance  with,  local  regulations

of CPO produced.   Power generation from the planned

applicable  to  the  Indonesian  palm  oil  industry.    Hitherto,

methane  conversion  plants  referred  to  under  “Costs”

such monitoring has been conducted under a programme

above  should  materially  reduce  this  diesel  consumption

managed by the Indonesian Ministry of Environment and

and  should  also  substantially  eliminate  methane

known  as  “PROPER”. 

  However,  the 

Indonesian

emissions from effluent ponds. 

Accreditation and verification

government  is  now  introducing  a  new  certification

programme  for  oil  palm  growers  who  will  in  future  be

required to comply with recently promulgated regulations

defining  Indonesian  Sustainable  Palm  Oil  (“ISPO”).    It

During  2010,  REA  Kaltim  extended  its  ISO  14001

seems  likely  that  ISPO  certification  will  replace  the

certification  so  as  to  cover  all  of  its  operations.    ISO

PROPER  programme  but,  in  the  meantime,  REA  Kaltim

14001 audits of the SYB estate units were conducted in

has retained its previously awarded PROPER status. 

February 2011 and ISO certification of SYB’s operations

has also now been obtained. 

36

Coal operations

Concessions and structure

cent by KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”) (a subsidiary of

the company incorporated in England and Wales that acts

as  a  co-ordinating  company  for  the  group's  coal

operations)  and  five  per  cent  by  the  local  partners,  has

The  group  holds  rights  in  respect  of  three  mining

been established by KCC to spearhead the group's coal

concessions 

in 

Indonesia. 

  These  comprise 

the

operations.  

Liburdinding  and  Muser  concessions  located  together

near  Tanah  Grogot  in  the  southern  part  of  East

Pursuant to the arrangements between the group and its

Kalimantan,  which  were  acquired  in  the  second  half  of

local partners, KCC has the right to acquire the three coal

2008, and the Kota Bangun concession in the central part

concession holding companies at original cost as soon as

of East Kalimantan which was added in late 2009.  The

Indonesian  law  allows  this  on  a  basis  that  will  give  the

Liburdinding  and  Muser  concessions  cover  areas  of,

group  (through  KCC)  95  per  cent  ownership  with  the

respectively, 1,000 hectares and 2,100 hectares and the

balance  of  five  per  cent  remaining  owned  by  the  local

Kota Bangun concession an area of 4,400 hectares.  Coal

partners.    The  group  has  been  advised  that  Indonesian

extraction, in each case, is or will be by open cast mining.

law does now allow this, subject to necessary Indonesian

government approvals.  Accordingly, the group intends to

Until  recently,  Indonesian  law  restricted  foreign  direct

prepare applications for such approvals.  In the meantime,

ownership of Indonesian companies holding coal mining

the concession holding companies are being financed by

concessions but a new Indonesian mining law enacted in

loan  funding  from  the  group  and  no  dividends  or  other

December  2008  allows  such  ownership  (subject  to  a

distributions  or  payments  may  be  paid  or  made  by  the

provision that foreign controlled mining companies must

concession  holding  companies  to  the  local  partners

be owned locally to the extent of not less than 20 per cent

without the prior agreement of KCC.

within  a  prescribed  period  after  such  companies

commence commercial mining operations).

The rights held by the concession holding companies in

respect  of 

the  Liburdinding  and  Kota  Bangun

Because  the  Liburdinding,  Muser  and  Kota  Bangun

concessions  are  in  the  form  of  exploitation  licences.

concessions  were  acquired  prior  to  publication  of

These licences are valid for terms expiring, respectively, in

regulations implementing the new mining law, the group

2013 and 2016, but are renewable on expiry.  Currently,

entered into temporary arrangements with a local investor

Muser  is  held  on  an  exploration  licence  but  this  will  be

and  members  of  his  family  (together  the  group's  “local

converted into an exploitation licence which will be for an

partners”)  for  the  acquisition  of  the  concessions  in  a

initial  term  of  five  years  and  will  also  be  renewable  on

manner that did not require the group to take immediate

expiry.   Royalties based on coal sales are payable at the

control  of  the  Indonesian  companies  owning  the

rate of 13 per cent in respect of Liburdinding coal, 5 per

concessions.    Pursuant  to  these  arrangements,  the

cent in respect of Muser coal and 13 per cent in respect

Liburdinding and Muser concessions are currently held by

of  Kota  Bangun  coal.    All  three  concession  holding

two  companies  which  are  wholly  owned  by  the  group's

companies  will  be  required  to  reconstitute  the  areas

local partners and which in turn own the company holding

mined when coal extraction has been completed.

the Kota Bangun concession.  A fourth company, PT KCC

Mining  Services  Indonesia,  incorporated  under  the

Geological  surveys  conducted  to  date  suggest  that  the

Indonesian  foreign  investment  law  and  owned  95  per

concessions  contain  commercial  deposits  of  coal

37

Review of the group continued

accessible by open cast mining and having typical gross

and initial shipments of some 15,000 tonnes of coal are

calorific values of between 5,800 and 6,200 kilocalories

scheduled for April 2011.  The stripping ratio (being the

per kilogramme (“kcal/kg”) air dried basis (“ADB”) in the

amount  of  overburden  required  to  be  removed  to  gain

case of Liburdinding, between 6,000 and 7,000 kcal/kg

access to the coal expressed as the number of bank cubic

ADB in the case of Muser and between 8,500 and 9,500

metres of overburden in situ to be removed to extract one

kcal/kg ADB in the case of Kota Bangun.  Inferred coal

tonne of coal) is under the present mining plan expected

reserves have been estimated at 14.7 million tonnes for

to  be  30  to  1.    As  previously  announced,  the  group  is

Liburdinding,  17.6  million  tonnes  for  Muser  and  up  to  2

aiming to build up to a production level within 2011 of at

million  tonnes  for  Kota  Bangun.    Economically  mineable

least 16,000 tonnes per month.  Arrangements have been

reserves  are  likely  to  be  less,  and  perhaps  significantly

agreed  for  the  sale  of  current  production  from  the  Kota

less,  than  the  inferred  reserves.    The  group  has

Bangun concession to two buyers.  Selling prices will be

concentrated  its  continuing  geological  exploration  on

fixed  against  deliveries  of  the  coal  on  a  basis  related  to

proving  its  immediately  mineable  reserves  and  does  not

the  Newcastle  globalCOAL  index.    The  average  price

therefore yet have geological data sufficient to make an

currently being realised is $137 per tonne.

accurate determination of overall mineable reserves.

Operations at the Liburdinding concession have been less

One  of  the  coal  mining  concession  holding  companies

satisfactory.    Original  plans  to  mine  150,000  tonnes

has obtained a mining exploration licence in respect of an

during 2010 had to be abandoned when it became clear

area  near  to  the  group’s  agricultural  estates  containing

that  the  relatively  high  sulphur  content  of  the  coal  was

stone  deposits.    If  geological  surveys  prove  satisfactory,

making it difficult to sell.  Coal production at Liburdinding

application will be made for the exploration licence to be

in 2010 therefore amounted to some 21,000 tonnes only.

converted into an exploitation licence.  This will permit the

A limited market for the coal has been found in Java and

company to establish a stone quarry and to sell crushed

this seems capable of selling 3,000 to 4,000 tonnes per

stone to the group's agricultural operations (which have a

month  on  a  regular  basis.    For  mining  to  be  economic,

considerable need for crushed stone) and to third parties

Liburdinding  needs  to  produce  at  a  level  of  at  least

operating in the same vicinity.

Operating activities

15,000 tonnes per month and this means that an export

market for the coal is needed.  The group has looked at

blending  Liburdinding  coal  with  low  sulphur  traded  coal

purchased from third parties and this remains an option.

Whilst it is taking longer than originally hoped to develop

However, with the higher prices for coal that are currently

the coal operations, good progress has been made. 

prevailing,  the  group  would  prefer  simply  to  sell  the

Liburdinding production without blending and to accept a

The major concentration during 2010 was on bringing the

discount for the sulphur content.  Discussions to this end

Kota  Bangun  concession 

into  production. 

  Land

with possible purchasers are continuing. 

compensation was completed, mining and environmental

management plans settled, necessary permits for mining

The  group  has  established  a  port  facility  for  the

operations  obtained  and  arrangements  for  evacuating

Liburdinding  concession  and  had  hoped  to  generate

mined  coal  concluded.    Removal  of  overburden  (being

additional  revenue  by  making  this  available  for  use  by

earth and rock overlaying the coal) started in November

third  parties  for  an  appropriate  charge.    Some  revenues

2010, the first coal seams were exposed in January 2011

have been generated and the port remains open for use

38

in this way but throughput levels have been disappointing

Markets, revenues and costs

because  third  party  users  of  the  port  have  not  to  date

been mining large volumes of coal.

Within the Asia Pacific region, China and India are large

coal producers but their internal production is inadequate

The position as respects the group’s plans to establish a

to meet their energy requirements.  The shortfall is made

limited  coal  trading  activity  is  more  positive.    Sales  of

up  by  imports  primarily  from  Indonesia  and  Australia.    A

traded coal in 2010 (which started in the second half of

number  of  other  Asian  Pacific  countries  also  have

the year) totalled 71,000 tonnes.  Since the start of 2011,

demand  for  imported  coal.    Because  coal  is  bulky,

the group has been able to formalise trading relationships

economic  availability  is  constrained  by  logistics.    The

with  two  major  export  buyers  and  is  aiming  within  the

directors consider that this offers excellent opportunities

current  year  to  be  achieving  average  monthly  sales  of

for  Indonesian  coal  producers  because  Indonesia  is

100,000  tonnes.    The  objectives  for  the  coal  trading

geographically  well  located  for  the  main  Asia  Pacific

activity are to augment the revenues from the mining of

markets  and  much  of  its  coal  (particularly  in  East

the  Kota  Bangun  and  Liburdinding  concessions  and  to

Kalimantan) is located adjacent to rivers which provide an

establish a customer base on which the group can build.

economic method of evacuation.  Furthermore, in addition

Coal  for  traded  sales  is  currently  being  sourced  by

to the potential of an expanding export market driven by

outright purchase from third party suppliers but the group

increasing  demand  for  coal  generated  power,  Indonesia

intends  that,  in  due  course,  it  will  enter  into  long  term

can  expect  significant  growth  in  internal  demand  as  the

arrangements  to  procure  a  proportion  of  the  coal  that  it

Indonesian state electricity company implements plans to

trades  by  mining  third  party  owned  concessions  against

expands  its  generating  capacity  to  meet  the  growing

payment of a royalty.

demand for power within Indonesia.

The majority of traded sales are currently being made in

The  directors  believe  that  the  published  Newcastle

export  markets.    The  group  continues  to  pursue  the

globalCOAL weekly index, when adjusted for differences

possibility  of  domestic  sales  to  the  Indonesian  state

in calorific values (the index being based on coal of net

electricity  company  to  which  one  of  the  concession

calorific value of 6,000 kcal/kg), has over time provided a

holding companies has been approved as a supplier.

reasonable  indicator  of  prevailing  East  Kalimantan  coal

prices.  This index opened 2010 at $85 per tonne, rose to

Geological  assessments  of  the  Muser  concession

a temporary high of $109 at the end of April before falling

indicate  that  the  Muser  coal  deposits  are  complex  and

back and trading generally in the $85 to $100 range for

that  the  overburden  includes  rock  that  cannot  easily  be

the following six months.  It then rose sharply in the last

removed without blasting. This may pose problems, given

two months of the year to close the year at $128.  To date

that there are villages located in quite close proximity to

in  2011  it  has  traded  in  the  range  $120  to  $140.

the  concession.  Moreover,  the  Muser  coal  has  a  higher

Although increased inflation in China, bringing with it the

sulphur  content  than  the  Liburdinding  coal.    The  group

possibility  of  higher  Chinese  interest  rates,  may  scale

therefore intends to defer bringing the Muser concession

back Chinese growth in 2011, the current level of Asian

into production until increased levels of activity are being

coal demand is such that it seems likely that Indonesian

achieved by the rest of the group’s coal operations.

coal prices will remain firm for much of 2011.

39

Review of the group continued

Unit costs of production within the coal operations will be

As in previous years, the fair value of the biological assets

critically  dependent  upon  production  volumes  and

at 31 December 2010 has been derived by the directors

efficiency of operation.

Sustainable practices

on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to the FFB

expected to be harvested from the group's oil palms over

the full remaining productive lives of the palms and to an

estimated  profit  margin  per  tonne  of  FFB  so  harvested.

In  developing  its  mining  activities,  the  group  remains

This estimated unit profit margin is based on current costs

committed  to  observing  international  standards  of  best

and  an  estimated  produce  value  for  FFB  transferred  to

environmental  practice.  Health  and  safety  procedures

mill  derived  from  a  twenty  year  average  of  historic  CPO

have  been  established  to  protect  and  safeguard  the

prices  but  is  buffered  to  restrict  any  implied  change  in

welfare of all persons involved with the mining operations

margin  in  contradiction  of  the  trend  in  current  margins.

and  measures  are  in  place  to  ensure  the  proper

The 20 year average CPO price, FOB port of Samarinda

management  of  waste  water  and  to  provide  for  the

and net of Indonesian export duty, to 31 December 2010

reinstatement, in so far as reasonably practicable, of land

amounted to $472 per tonne which is higher than the 20

areas affected by mining to their original condition upon

year average to 31 December 2009 of $446 per tonne.

completion of mining operations.

Finances

Accounting policies

However, because of inflation, the unit profit margin per

tonne  of  FFB  harvested  implied  by  the  average  price  of

$472 and the current unit cost of production is lower than

the  unit  profit  margin  assumed  at  31  December  2009

whereas  the  unit  profit  margin  that  is  currently  being

achieved 

is, 

in  reality,  greater  than  that  margin.

The  group  reports  in  accordance  with  International

Accordingly, the same unit profit margin as that assumed

Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  and  presents  its

as at 31 December 2009 (namely $50 per tonne of FFB)

financial  statements  in  US  dollars.    The  company

has been applied in valuing the biological assets as at 31

continues to prepare its individual financial statements in

December 2010.

sterling  and  in  accordance  with  UK  Generally  Accepted

Accounting Practice; accordingly the company’s individual

The discount rates used for the purposes of the biological

financial  statements  are  presented  separately  from  the

asset revaluation at 31 December 2010 were 16 per cent

consolidated financial statements.  

in the case of REA Kaltim, 17½ per cent in the case of

SYB  and  19  per  cent  in  the  case  of  all  other  group

The accounting policies applied under IFRS are set out in

companies  (31  December  2009:  REA  Kaltim:  16  per

the  “Accounting  policies  (group)”  section  of  this  annual

cent; and all other companies: 19 per cent).  The directors

report.  The accounting policy relating to biological assets

believe  that  the  risks  of  successfully  harvesting  FFB

(comprising  oil  palm  plantings  and  nurseries)  is  of

projected to be produced from newly developed areas are

particular  importance.    Such  assets  are  not  depreciated

significantly  greater  than  those  of  harvesting  the

but  are  instead  restated  at  fair  value  at  each  reporting

projected  FFB  crops  from  established  estates.    They

date  and  the  movement  on  valuation  over  the  reporting

consider  it  appropriate  to  reflect  this  risk  differential  by

period,  after  adjustment  for  additions  and  disposals,  is

applying  a  discount  rate  of  19  per  cent  to  newly

taken to income.  Deferred tax is provided or credited as

established areas, reducing this to 17½  per cent as an

appropriate in respect of each such movement.

area becomes well established and then further to 16 per

40

cent  when  plantings  in  an  established  area  become

Revenue for 2010 amounted to $114.0 million which was

predominantly  mature.    The  discount  rates  used  at  31

45 per cent ahead of 2009 revenue of $78.9 million.  The

December  2010  and  31  December  2009  were  derived

revenue in each case is stated net of Indonesian export

accordingly.

duty.  The increase in revenue during 2010 reflected the

combined  effect  of  the  higher  average  CPO  and  CPKO

The directors recognise that the IFRS accounting policy in

prices  prevailing  during  2010,  increased  production  and

relation to biological assets does have theoretical merits

initial coal sales of $4.2 million.  Cost of sales also rose by

in  charging  each  year  to  income  a  proper  measure  of

43 per cent from $34.0 million to $48.6 million.  Several

capital consumed (so that, for example, a fair distinction is

factors contributed to this increase: the larger crop; costs

drawn each year between the cost of the shortening life

of $3.9 million attributable to the new coal activities;  the

expectancy  of  younger  plantings  still  capable  of  many

higher  unit  cost  of  cropping  in  the  significant  area  of

years of cropping and that of older plantings nearing the

newly  mature  plantings;  general  cost  inflation;  and

end  of  their  productive  lives).    It  does,  nevertheless,

weakening of the US dollar against the Indonesian rupiah

concern  the  directors  that  no  estimate  of  fair  value  can

which meant that rupiah denominated costs increased in

ever be completely accurate (particularly in a business in

US dollar terms.

which selling prices and costs are subject to very material

fluctuations).    Moreover,  in  the  case  of  the  group’s

IFRS  fair  value  gains  for  2010  at  $2.0  million  were

biological  assets,  small  differences 

in  valuation

significantly  lower  than  the  $11.3  million  reported  in

assumptions can have a quite disproportionate effect on

2009.  The reduction in the net gain arising from changes

results.  The biological assets are recorded in the group

in fair value of agricultural inventory ($0.4 million against

balance  sheet  at  31  December  2010  at  $221.9  million.

$1.5 million) reflected a lower closing stock at the end of

An increase or reduction of $5 per tonne in the estimated

2010  than  at  the  end  of  the  preceding  year.    The  more

profit  margin  used  for  the  purpose  of  the  valuation

significant reduction in the net gain from changes in the

(namely $50 per tonne of FFB) would increase or reduce

fair  value  of  biological  assets  ($1.6  million  against  $9.8

the valuation by approximately $25 million.

million) was principally caused by the continuing inflation

in planting costs which meant that the value of additions

Revenue from coal sales represented less than 5 per cent

to prospective crops from new development during 2010

of  total  2010  revenues.    Accordingly,  no  separate

showed a lower surplus over the value of crops harvested

segmental  report  in  respect  of  the  coal  operations  has

during the year than was the case in 2009.

been  provided  in  the  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial

statements.

Group results

Administrative  expenses  increased  in  2010  from  $7.2

million to $10.2 million in part because of inflation and a

lower capitalisation rate (reflecting the increasing ratio of

mature  to  immature  areas)  but  also  because  of  an

Group  operating  profit  for  2010  amounted  to  $56.3

increased  administrative  requirement  reflecting  the

million  and  profit  before  tax  to  $50.4  million.    The

growth of the group’s business and in particular the need

comparable  figures  for  the  preceding  year  were,

to  manage  the  expanding  smallholder  programmes.

respectively, $47.7 million and $41.7 million. 

Some offset against the costs of this last was provided by

management  fees  paid  to  the  group  by  smallholder

41

Review of the group continued

cooperatives  which  are  included  in  2010  operating

group to hedge, against US dollars, the group’s liability in

income of $0.4 million.

respect  of  its  outstanding  9.5  per  cent  guaranteed

sterling notes 2015/17.  The group has been advised by

Finance costs net of investment revenues were much in

its professional advisers that mark to market differences

line  with  those  of  2009  so  that  the  movement  in  group

arising  on  annual  revaluations  of  such  swaps  should  be

profit  before  taxation  substantially  tracked  that  in  group

taken as profits or losses for Indonesian tax purposes as

operating profit.

they  arise  but  an  Indonesian  tax  assessment  recently

received by REA Kaltim has denied the tax relief claimed

Before  deduction  of  the  interest  component  added  to

by  REA  Kaltim  for  2008  in  relation  to  the  swaps  in

biological  assets,  interest  payable  in  2010  amounted  to

question.  The group is appealing against this assessment

$12.4  million  (2009:  $10.4  million).    Interest  cover  for

but, pending a decision on the appeal, the directors have

2010 (measured as the ratio of earnings before interest,

felt it appropriate to recognise the inherent uncertainties

tax, depreciation and amortisation, and biological gain to

of the appeal process by making a provision equivalent to

interest payable) was 4.8 (2009: 4.0).

approximately half of the tax relief claimed.  The disputed

Indonesian tax assessment has been paid in full  pending

An extra $850,000 of withholding tax was incurred by the

appeal. 

group as a result of changes to Indonesian tax regulations

that came into effect on 1 January 2010 and increased

The  group’s  appeal  against  a  disputed  Indonesian

the  withholding  tax  payable  on  interest  on  certain  intra-

assessment of tax on the profits of REA Kaltim for 2006

group  loans  to  Indonesian  subsidiaries  of  the  company.

has still to be decided.  The group has previously provided

The  restructuring  of  these  loans  that  was  completed  in

in  full  through  the  income  statement  against  this

November 2010, as referred to under “Capital structure”

assessment.

below, should avoid a recurrence of this additional impost

in future years.

Dividends

At  the  after  tax  level,  profit  for  the  year  for  2010  was

The  fixed  semi-annual  dividends  on  the  9  per  cent

$35.0  million  against  $29.9  million  in  2009  while  profit

cumulative  preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June

attributable  to  ordinary  shareholders  was  $32.3  million

and  31  December  2010  were  duly  paid.    Dividends

against  $27.1  million.    Fully  diluted  earnings  per  share

totalling 5p per ordinary share have been paid in respect

amounted to US 96.8 cents (2009: US 81.4 cents).

of 2010 (2009: 4p per ordinary share).  These comprised

a first interim dividend of 2½p per ordinary share paid on

The  group's  target  long  term  average  annual  return  on

1  October  2010  and  a  second  interim  dividend  of  2½p

adjusted  equity  is  20  per  cent.    The  return  achieved  for

per ordinary share paid on 28 January 2011.  In addition,

2010 was 27 per cent (2008: 26 per cent).

the  company  made  a  capitalisation  issue  to  ordinary

shareholders of 1,670,727 new preference shares on the

A provision of $5.5 million relating to tax connected with

basis of one new preference share for every 20 ordinary

a  cash  flow  hedge  has  been  charged  to  other

shares held on 24 September 2010.

comprehensive income for 2010.  This provision relates to

tax relief claimed in respect of mark to market losses on

For some years, the directors have followed the practice

cross  currency  interest  rate  swaps  entered  into  by  the

of  declaring  two  interim  dividends  in  respect  of  each

42

financial year, the first in late September or early October

this  expenditure  and  the  continuing  expansion  of  the

of  the  year  in  question  and  the  other  at  the  start  of  the

group beyond 2011 will continue to constrain the rates at

succeeding year.  This has meant that the company has

which the directors feel that they can prudently declare, or

not in recent years paid a final dividend.  One corporate

recommend  the  payment  of,  forthcoming  ordinary

governance  agency  has  criticised  this  practice  as

dividends.    The  directors  retain  their  previously  stated

depriving shareholders of the opportunity to vote on the

belief  that,  with  the  crop  increases  in  prospect  over  the

level of overall dividend paid by the company.  To respond

next few years, it should be possible, notwithstanding the

to 

this  criticism, 

the  directors  propose 

that,

constraints  of  continuing  development,  to  maintain  a

notwithstanding that the second interim dividend paid in

progressive  dividend  policy  albeit  that  the  rate  of

January was intended to be paid in lieu of final dividend, a

progression may have to be rather conservative.

dividend  should  be  paid  in  September  2011  as  a  final

dividend in respect of 2010 and that this dividend should

The directors continue to believe that capitalisation issues

substitute for the interim dividend in respect of 2011 that

of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders, such

the  directors  would  otherwise  have  expected  to  declare

as were made in 2010 and on several previous occasions,

for payment at that time.  Dividends declared or proposed

provide  a  useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to

by  directors  in  respect  of  2011  and  subsequent  years

ordinary shareholders in periods in which good profits are

would then be expected to comprise an interim dividend

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

in  the  January  following  the  end  of  the  applicable  year

for  payment  of  cash  dividends.    The  directors  will

and a final dividend payable in the following September.

therefore  consider  a  further  such  issue  during  2011  if

they feel that this is merited by the group’s performance.

Accordingly,  the  directors  recommend  the  payment  of  a

final dividend in respect of 2010 of 3p per ordinary share

Capital structure

to  be  paid  on  30  September  2011  to  ordinary

shareholders on the register of members on 2 September

The group is financed by a combination of debt and equity

2011.  The directors wish to emphasise that in proposing

(which under IFRS includes non-controlling interests and

that a final dividend in respect of 2010 be substituted for

the company's preference capital).  Total equity less non-

a  first  interim  dividend  in  respect  of  2011,  they  do  not

controlling interests at 31 December 2010 amounted to

intend  to  signal  a  change  in  the  prospective  level  of

$233.5  million  as  compared  with  $193.4  million  at  31

dividends  payable  to  shareholders  during  any  particular

December  2009.    Non-controlling  interests  at  31

year but only to recharacterise one dividend in each year

December  2010  amounted  to  $2.0  million  (2009:  $1.3

as  a  final  dividend  upon  the  payment  of  which

million).

shareholders can vote.

840,689  new  ordinary  shares  of  the  company  were

As noted under “Agricultural operations” above, the group

issued  on  1  February  2010  on  exercise  of  a  director’s

has  ambitious  plans  for  the  further  development  of  its

option  at  an  exercise  price  of  43.753p  per  share.    In

agricultural activities during 2011.  These will entail major

addition, in February, with the object of funding the new

capital  expenditure  on  extension  planting,  on  the

coal  operations,  the  company  issued  an  additional  $15

buildings  and  plant  needed  to  support  that  planting  and

million  nominal  of  7.5  per  cent  dollar  notes  2012/14

on the construction of the new SYB oil mill and the two

(“dollar  notes”)  at  $90  per  $100  nominal  of  notes  in

planned  methane  conversion  plants.    The  need  to  fund

conjunction  with  the 

issue  by  KCC  of  150,000

43

Review of the group continued

redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each

instalments  commencing  31  December  2012.    The

(“KCC participating preference shares”) at par.  The effect

sterling  notes  are  issued  by  REA  Finance  B.V.,  a  wholly

of  the  additional  dollar  note  issue  was  to  increase  the

owned  subsidiary  of  the  company. 

  Changes  to

nominal amount of dollar notes in issue to $45 million.

Indonesian tax regulations effective from the beginning of

2010, meant that Indonesian withholding tax on interest

1,670,727 new preference shares were issued in October

payments  on  certain  intra-group  loans  to  Indonesian

2010 by way of capitalisation of share premium account

subsidiaries of the company (being loans that formed part

pursuant 

to 

the  capitalisation 

issue 

to  ordinary

of  the  assets  then  charged  as  security  for  the  sterling

shareholders  referred  to  under  “Dividends”  above.    This

notes) which had been payable at the rate of 10 per cent

was  followed  later  in  the  same  month  by  the  issue  of  9

became payable at the rate of 20 per cent.  The security

million  new  preference  shares  for  cash  at  par  to  raise

for  the  sterling  notes  was  therefore  reorganised  during

£8.7 million net of expenses.

2010  so  as  to  achieve  a  structure  in  which  the

withholding  tax  rate  on  interest  on  charged  intra-group

Following  these  issues,  group  indebtedness  and  related

loans would revert to 10 per cent.  As a result, the notes

engagements  at  31  December  2010  amounted  to

are  now  guaranteed  both  by  the  company  and  another

$132.1 million, made up of $45 million nominal of dollar

wholly owned subsidiary of the company, R.E.A. Services

notes (carrying value: $43.3 million), £37 million nominal

Limited  (“REAS”),  are  secured  principally  on  unsecured

of  9.5  per  cent  guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17

loans made by REAS to REA Kaltim, SYB and CDM, and

(“sterling  notes”)  (carrying  value:  $55.2  million),  $11.6

are  repayable  by  three  equal  annual  instalments

million in respect of the hedge of the principal amount of

commencing 31 December 2015.  

the  sterling  notes  as  described  below,  $1.5  million  in

respect  of  the  KCC  participating  preference  shares

The group has entered into a long term sterling US dollar

(which are classified as debt), term loans from Indonesian

debt swap to hedge against US dollars the sterling liability

banks of $14.7 million  and other short term indebtedness

for principal and interest payable in respect of the entire

comprising drawings under working capital lines of $5.8

issue of the sterling notes (but in the case of interest on

million.  Against this indebtedness, at 31 December 2010

£22,000,000  nominal  of  the  sterling  notes  only  as

the  group  held  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $36.7

respects  interest  payments  falling  due  up  to  31

million.

December 2015).

The group has no material contingent indebtedness save

The  KCC  participating  preference  shares  will  provide  a

that,  in  connection  with  the  development  of  oil  palm

limited interest in the group's coal operations such that if

plantings owned by village cooperatives and managed by

those  operations  achieve  an  average  annual  level  of

the  group,  the  group  has,  as  noted  under  “Smallholder

earnings  before 

interest, 

tax,  depreciation  and

programmes” in “Agricultural operations” above, agreed to

amortisation  of  $8  million  over  the  four  and  a  half  year

guarantee  the  bank  borrowings  of  the  cooperatives

period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014 (equivalent

concerned,  the  outstanding  balance  of  which  at  31

to  $36  million  for  the  full  period),  those  persons  who

December 2010 was equivalent to $4.8 million.

subscribed dollar notes and KCC participating preference

shares  in  the  combined  issue  of  those  securities  in

The  dollar  notes  are  unsecured  obligations  of  the

February  2010,  and  who  retain  their  notes  and  shares

company  and  are  repayable  by  three  equal  annual

until redeemed, will receive an overall compound return of

44

15  per  cent  per  annum  on  their  total  investment.    If  the

increase  of  $19.3  million  rising  from  $40.1  million  to

required level of earnings is not achieved, then, except in

$59.4 million.  However, net cash from operating activities

certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or

was  lower  than  in  2009  at  $21.3  million  against  $29.6

a  significant  part  of  the  coal  operations  or  a  change  in

million.  The apparent disparity of an increase in operating

control  of  the  company),  no  dividends  or  other

cash  flows  before  movements  in  working  capital  and  a

distributions will be paid or made on the KCC participating

reduction  in  net  cash  from  operating  activities  is

preference  shares  and  after  31  December  2014  such

principally the result of two items: increase in receivables,

shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

which  amounted  to  $10.3  million  in  2010  against  $2.7

million in 2009, and taxes paid, which amounted to $21.1

The  term  loans  from  Indonesian  banks  comprise  a  US

million in 2010 against $2.3 million in 2009.  The former

dollar denominated balance of $8.7 million owed by REA

reflected  additional  receivables  in  the  group  balance

Kaltim  to  a  consortium  of  Indonesian  banks  and  the

sheet at 31 December 2010 arising from the group’s new

equivalent  of  $6.0  million  drawn  by  SYB  from  PT  Bank

coal  trading  activity  while  the  latter  was  largely

DBS  Indonesia  (“DBS”)  under  an  Indonesian  rupiah

attributable to the payment during 2010 of the disputed

denominated  amortising  loan  facility  of  Rp  350  billion

Indonesian  tax  assessment  referred  to  under  “Group

($38.9 million) agreed with DBS during 2010.  The loans

results” above and now the subject of appeal. 

are  secured  on  the  assets  of,  respectively,  REA  Kaltim

and  SYB  and  are  guaranteed  by  the  company.    The

Investing  activities  for  2010  involved  a  net  outflow  of

aggregate  outstanding  balance  of  the  loans  at  31

$41.4  million  (2009:  $34.8  million).    This  represented

December  2010  of  $14.7  million  was  repayable  as

new  investment  totalling  $43.8  million  (2009:  $35.8

follows:  2010: $2.1 million;  2011: $2.7 million;  2012:

million), offset by inflows from interest and other items of

$3.6 million; and 2013 and thereafter: $6.3 million.

$2.4  million  (2009:  $1.0  million).    The  new  investment

Group cash flow

comprised  expenditure  of  $34.3  million  (2009:  $27.0

million) on further development of the group's agricultural

operations,  of  $3.5  million  (2009:  $1.3  million)  on  land

Group  cash  inflows  and  outflows  are  analysed  in  the

rights and titling and of $6.0 million (2009: $7.5 million)

consolidated  cash  flow  statement.    Cash  and  cash

on  the  acquisition  and  development  of  coal  concession

equivalents  increased  over  2010  from  $22.0  million  to

rights.

$36.7 million.  The increase of $14.5 million (excluding a

benefit  of  $0.2  million  from  the  effect  of  exchange  rate

The net cash inflow on financing activities of $34.6 million

movements)  represented  that  component  of  the  cash

(2009, outflow: $4.3 million) was made up of a net inflow

inflow from operating activities that was left after funding

from  issues  of  new  shares  and  dollar  notes  of  $29.5

the $20.1 million outflow on investing activities that was

million  (2009,  issue  of  new  preference  shares:  $2.5

not covered by net cash from operating activities.

million),  net  additions  to  bank  debt  and  finance  lease

obligations of $10.2 million (2009, net repayments: $2.8

As noted under “Group results” above, operating profit for

million) and outflows in respect of dividend payments and

2010  amounted  to  $56.3  million,  an  increase  of  $8.5

the  restructuring  of  the  sterling  notes  of,  respectively,

million on the $47.7 million of the preceding year.  After

$4.9 million and $0.2 million (2009: $4.0 million and $nil).

reversal  of  non  cash  items,  operating  cash  flows  before

movements  in  working  capital  showed  an  even  greater

45

Review of the group continued

Liquidity and financing adequacy

volatile and the directors believe that it is prudent for the

group  to  hold  some  cash  cushion  to  ensure  that  when

As  noted  above,  at  31  December  2010,  the  group  held

new  areas  are  planted,  those  areas  can  be  brought  to

cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  $36.7  million.    In  addition,

maturity  even  if  CPO  and  CPKO  prices  fall  sharply.

the group had at 31 December 2010 an undrawn balance

However,  the  cash  and  cash  equivalents  held  by  the

of  Rp  296  million  ($32.9  million)  under  the  SYB

group  at  31  December  2010,  which  reflected  the

amortising  loan  facility  with  DBS  (available  for  drawing

proceeds of the issue of new preference shares made in

until  31  December  2014)  and  working  capital  lines

October  2010,  is  in  excess  of  the  amount  required  for

(subject to annual renewal) equivalent to $8.75 million of

that  purpose.    Some  $5  million  of  such  cash  resources

which $3 million was undrawn.

has already been applied during 2011 in retiring debt and

the directors intend that further cash resources should be

Planned  extension  planting  and  the  requirement  for

applied for the same purposes before the end of 2011.

investment in estate buildings and other estate plant and

equipment  that  follows  any  expansion  of  the  group’s

The  group's  financing  is  materially  dependent  upon  the

planted  hectarage  will  involve  the  group  in  continuing

contracts governing the sterling and dollar notes.  There

major  capital  expenditure  for  several  years  to  come.    In

are no restrictions under those contracts, or otherwise, on

addition, construction of the group’s third oil mill and the

the  use  of  group  cash  resources  or  existing  borrowings

two  proposed  methane  conversion  plants  is  likely  to

and facilities that the directors would expect materially to

involve  an  outlay  of  in  excess  of  $25  million  over  2011

impact the planned development of the group.  Under the

and  2012.    If  CPO  prices  remain  at  good  levels,  the

terms  of  the  Indonesian  consortium  loan  facility  and  the

directors  expect  that  such  capital  expenditure  can  be

DBS  amortising  loan  facility,  REA  Kaltim  and  SYB  are

funded from internal cash flow, possibly supplemented by

restricted  to  an  extent  in  the  payment  of  interest  on

some  additional  drawings  on  the  SYB  term  loan  facility

borrowings  from,  and  on  the  payment  of  dividends  to,

with DBS.  

other  group  companies  but  the  directors  do  not  believe

that the applicable covenants will affect the ability of the

Provided that the coal operations evolve as planned, such

company to meet its cash obligations.

operations should become cash generative during 2011.

If  that  proves  the  case,  the  cash  generated  may  be

The  group's  oil  palms  fruit  continuously  throughout  the

utilised for further expansion of the coal operations.  The

year and there is therefore no material seasonality in the

directors  do  not  anticipate  that  the  coal  operations  will

funding  requirements  of  the  agricultural  operations  in

require material cash support from elsewhere in the group

their ordinary course of business.  It is not expected that

during 2011, although short term cash advances may be

the development of the coal operations will introduce any

made  to  meet  temporary  spikes  in  the  working  capital

material  swings  in  the  group’s  utilisation  of  cash  for  the

needed for coal trading.

funding of its routine activities.

Whilst  the  group’s  extension  planting  programme  can

Financing policies

always  be  scaled  back,  once  areas  have  been  planted

with  oil  palms,  some  or  all  of  the  benefits  of  the

The directors believe that, in order to maximise returns to

investment made in such areas will be lost if the areas are

holders  of  the  company's  ordinary  shares,  it  is  essential

not  maintained.    Commodity  markets  are  inherently

that  a  proportion  of  the  group's  funding  needs  are  met

46

with  prior  ranking  capital,  namely  borrowings  and

The October 2010 issue of new preference shares was

preference  share  capital  with  the  latter  offering  the

made  with  this  intention  and  the  directors  will  consider

particular  advantage  that  it  represents  relatively  low  risk

further  issues  of  medium  term  debt  securities  or  new

permanent capital.

preference shares for the same purpose.

With respect to borrowings, the directors believe that the

Net debt at 31 December 2010 was 40 per cent of total

group’s 

interests  are  best  served 

if  the  group's

equity against a target of 60 per cent and a level of 42 per

borrowings are structured to fit the maturity profile of the

cent at 31 December 2009.  The directors intend at least

assets that the borrowings are financing.  Since oil palm

to maintain the overall amount of the group’s prior ranking

plantings take nearly four years from nursery planting to

capital but would expect that with growth in the net assets

maturity and then a further period of three to four years to

attributable to ordinary shareholders and replacement of

full yield, the directors aim to structure borrowings for the

debt with preference capital, net debt will, over time, fall as

group’s agricultural operations so that shorter term bank

a percentage of equity. 

debt is used only to finance working capital requirements,

while  debt  funding  for  the  group's  extension  planting

Other treasury policies

programme is sourced from issues of medium term listed

debt  securities  and  borrowings  from  development

The  sterling  notes  and  the  dollar  notes  carry  interest  at

institutions.

fixed  rates  of,  respectively,  9.5  and  7.5  per  cent  per

annum.    Interest  is  payable  on  drawings  by  REA  Kaltim

New  projects  within  the  coal  operations  can  be  brought

under the Indonesian consortium loan facility at a floating

into  commercial  production  more  rapidly  than  new  oil

rate  equal  to  Singapore  Inter  Bank  Offered  Rate

palm  plantings  and  the  coal  operations  can  therefore

(“SIBOR”) plus a margin which, for so long as inter-bank

justify  borrowing  on  a  shorter  term  basis  than  the

markets  remain  disrupted,  includes  a  liquidity  premium

agricultural  operations.    However,  the  directors  believe

reflecting  the  differences  between  SIBOR  and  the

that no operations of the group should allow themselves

lending banks' costs of funds.  Interest is payable by SYB

to  become  wholly  reliant  on  bank  finance.    Accordingly,

under  the  DBS  amortising  term  loan  at  a  floating  rate

the directors intend that the coal operations should also

equal to Jakarta Inter Bank Offered Rate plus a margin.

be financed principally by issues of listed debt securities.

As  a  policy,  the  group  does  not  hedge  its  exposure  to

The  directors  believe  that  the  group’s  existing  capital

floating  rates  but,  insofar  as  is  commercially  sensible,

structure  is  consistent  with  these  policy  objectives  but

borrows  at  fixed  rates.    A  one  per  cent  increase  in  the

recognise  that  the  planned  further  development  of  the

floating  rates  of  interest  payable  on  the  group’s  floating

group and the inevitable shortening of the maturity profile

rate  borrowings  at  31  December  2010  would  have

of  the  group’s  current  indebtedness  that  will  result  from

resulted in an annual cost to the group of approximately

the passage of time will mean that action will be required

$400,000.

to ensure that the group’s capital structure continues to

meet  the  objectives.    Specifically,  the  directors  consider

The  group  regards  the  US  dollar  as  the  functional

that it will be prudent, when market conditions permit, to

currency of most of its operations and has, until recently,

retire  existing  shorter  dated  debt  and  to  replace  it  with

sought  to  ensure  that,  as  respects  that  proportion  of  its

preference  share  capital  or  new  debt  of  a  longer  tenor.

investment  in  the  group's  operations  that  is  met  by

47

Review of the group continued

borrowings, it has no material currency exposure against

Agricultural operations

the  US  dollar.    Accordingly,  where  borrowings  were

incurred  in  a  currency  other  than  the  dollar,  the  group

Climatic factors

endeavoured to cover the resultant currency exposure by

way of a debt swap or other appropriate currency hedge.

Although  the  group's  agricultural  operations  are  located

The receipt by REA Kaltim during 2010 of an Indonesian

in an area of high rainfall with sunlight hours well suited to

tax  assessment  seeking  to  disallow  for  tax  purposes

the  cultivation  of  oil  palm,  climatic  conditions  vary  from

losses  on  currency  hedges  (as  referred  to  in  “Group

year to year and setbacks are possible.  

results” above) has called into question this policy but the

directors  hope  that  the  assessment  will  be  reversed  on

Unusually  high  levels  of  rainfall  can  disrupt  estate

appeal and that the policy can be retained.  Pending the

operations and result in harvesting delays with loss of oil

outcome  of  the  appeal  the  group  has  decided  not  to

palm  fruit  or  deterioration  in  fruit  quality.    Unusually  low

hedge  the  rupiah  borrowings  by  SYB  under  the  DBS

levels of rainfall that lead to a water availability below the

amortising  loan  facility.    The  group  does  not  cover  the

minimum required for the normal development of the oil

currency  exposure  in  respect  of  the  component  of  the

palm may lead to a reduction in subsequent crop levels.

investment in its operations that is financed with sterling

Such reduction is likely to be broadly proportional to the

denominated equity.

size  of  the  cumulative  water  deficit.    Over  a  long  period,

crop  levels  should  be  reasonably  predictable  but  there

The group's policy is to maintain a cash balance in sterling

can  be  material  variations  from  the  norm  in  individual

sufficient to meet its projected sterling expenditure for a

years.

period  of  between  six  and  twelve  months  and  a  cash

balance in Indonesian rupiahs of up to the amount of its

Low levels of rainfall can also disrupt and, in an extreme

Indonesian  rupiah  borrowings  but,  otherwise,  to  keep  all

situation  (not  to  date  experienced  by  the  group)  could

cash balances in US dollars. 

bring  to  a  standstill  the  river  transport  upon  which  the

group  is  critically  dependent  for  estate  supplies  and  the

Principal risks and uncertainties

evacuation of CPO and CPKO.

The  group’s  business  involves  risks  and  uncertainties.

Cultivation risks

Those risks and uncertainties that the directors currently

consider to be material are described below.  There are or

As in any agricultural business, there are risks that crops

may be other risks and uncertainties faced by the group

from  the  group's  estate  operations  may  be  affected  by

that the directors currently deem immaterial, or of which

pests  and  diseases.    Agricultural  best  practice  can  to

they  are  unaware,  that  may  have  a  material  adverse

some  extent  mitigate  these  risks  but  they  cannot  be

impact on the group.

entirely eliminated.

Other operational factors

The  group’s  agricultural  productivity  is  dependent  upon

necessary inputs, including, in particular, fertiliser and fuel.

Whilst  the  directors  have  no  reason  to  anticipate

48

shortages  in  the  availability  of  such  inputs,  should  such

Produce prices

shortages  occur  over  any  extended  period,  the  group’s

operations  could  be  materially  disrupted.    Equally,

The  profitability  and  cash  flow  of  the  agricultural

increases in input costs are likely to reduce profit margins.

operations  depend  both  upon  world  prices  of  CPO  and

CPKO and upon the group's ability to sell those products

After  harvesting,  FFB  crops  become  rotten  if  not

at price levels comparable with such world prices.

processed  within  a  short  period.    Any  hiatus  in  FFB

collection  or  processing  may  therefore  lead  to  a  loss  of

CPO and CPKO are primary commodities and as such are

crop.  The group endeavours to maintain resilience in its

affected by levels of world economic activity and factors

palm  oil  mills  with  two  mills  operating  separately  and

affecting the world economy, including levels of inflation

some  ability  within  each  factory  to  switch  from  steam

and  interest  rates.    This  may  lead  to  significant  price

based  to  diesel  based  electricity  generation  but  such

swings although, as noted under “Revenues and markets”

resilience  would  be  inadequate  to  compensate  for  any

in  “Agricultural  operations”  above,  the  directors  believe

material  loss  of  processing  capacity  for  anything  other

that such swings should be moderated by the fact that the

than a short time period.

annual oilseed crops account for the major proportion of

world  vegetable  oil  production  and  producers  of  such

The group has bulk storage facilities within its main area

crops  can  reduce  or  increase  their  production  within  a

of agricultural operations and at its transhipment terminal

relatively short time frame.

downstream of the port of Samarinda.  Such facilities and

the further storage facilities afforded by the group’s fleet

In  the  past,  in  times  of  very  high  CPO  prices,  the

of barges have hitherto always proved adequate to meet

Indonesian  authorities  have  for  short  periods  imposed

the  group’s  requirements  for  CPO  and  CPKO  storage.

either restrictions on the export of CPO and CPKO or very

Nevertheless,  disruptions  to  river  transport  between  the

high  duties  on  export  sales  of  such  oil.    The  directors

main  area  of  operations  and  the  port  of  Samarinda,  or

believe  that  when  such  measures  materially  reduce  the

delays  in  collection  of  CPO  and  CPKO  from  the

profitability of oil palm cultivation, they are damaging not

transhipment terminal, could result in a group requirement

only  to  large  plantation  groups  but  also  to  the  large

for  CPO  and  CPKO  storage  exceeding  the  available

number  of  smallholder  farmers  growing  oil  palm  in

capacity.    This  would  be  likely  to  force  a  temporary

Indonesia  and  to  the  Indonesian  economy  as  a  whole

cessation in FFB processing with a resultant loss of crop.

(because CPO is an important component of Indonesia's

US dollar earning exports).  The directors are thus hopeful

The  group  maintains  insurance  for  the  agricultural

that future measures affecting sales of CPO and CPKO

operations  to  cover  those  risks  against  which  the

will not seriously diminish profit margins.

directors  consider  that  it  is  economic  to  insure.    Certain

risks (including the risk of crop loss through fire and other

Above average  CPO and CPKO prices during 2007 and

perils  potentially  affecting  the  planted  areas  on  the

the  early  months  of  2008  and  again  more  recently  in

group's  estates),  for  which  insurance  cover  is  either  not

2010 and 2011 to-date have not led to a re-imposition of

available  or  would  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors  be

export  restrictions.    Instead,  the  Indonesian  government

disproportionately expensive, are not insured.  These risks

continues to allow the free export of CPO and CPKO but

are  mitigated  to  the  extent  feasible  by  management

has  introduced  a  sliding  scale  of  duties  on  exports.

practices  but  an  occurrence  of  an  adverse  uninsured

Furthermore, the starting point for this sliding scale is set

event could result in the group sustaining material losses.

49

Review of the group continued

at a level such that when CPO and CPKO prices fell back

statement.    Whilst  this  would  not  affect  the  group's

in the last quarter of 2008, the rate of export duty payable

underlying  cash  flow,  it  could  adversely  affect  market

was reduced to nil.  Nevertheless there have been reports

perceptions as to the value of the company's securities. 

that  the  Indonesian  government  may  take  steps  to

encourage domestic downstream processing of CPO and

Environmental, social and governance practices

CPKO  and  may  impose  domestic  sale  obligations  on  oil

palm growers from 2015.

The group recognises that the agricultural operations are

both  a  large  employer  and  have  significant  economic

World  markets  for  CPO  and  CPKO  may  be  distorted  by

importance  for  local  communities  in  the  areas  of  the

the  imposition  of  import  controls  or  taxes  in  consuming

group’s  operations.    This  imposes  environmental,  social

countries.    The  directors  believe  that  the  imposition  of

and  governance  obligations  which  bring  with  them  risks

such  controls  or  taxes  on  CPO  or  CPKO  will  normally

that  any  failure  by  the  group  to  meet  the  standards

result in greater consumption of alternative vegetable oils

expected  of  it  may  result  in  reputational  and  financial

within the area in which the controls or taxes have been

damage.    The  group  seeks  to  mitigate  such  risks  by

imposed  and  the  substitution  outside  that  area  of  CPO

establishing standard procedures to ensure that it meets

and CPKO for other vegetable oils.  Should such arbitrage

its  obligations,  monitoring  performance  against  those

fail  to  occur  or  prove  insufficient  to  compensate  for  the

standards and investigating thoroughly and taking action

market  distortion  created  by  the  applicable  import

to prevent recurrence in respect of any failures identified.

controls or taxes, selling prices for the group’s CPO and

In  addition, 

the  group  commissions 

independent

CPKO could be depressed.

Expansion

consultants  to  undertake  periodic  reviews  of 

its

management  performance  in  relation  to  various  matters

and this review pays particular attention to the manner in

which  the  group  has  discharged  its  corporate  social

The  group  is  planning  further  extension  planting  of  oil

responsibilities.

palm.  The directors hope that unplanted land held by or

allocated to the group will become available for planting

The  group's  existing  agricultural  operations  and  the

ahead of the land becoming needed for development and

planned expansion of those operations are based on land

that  the  development  programme  can  be  funded  from

areas that have been previously logged and zoned by the

available  group  cash  resources  and  future  operational

Indonesian  authorities  as  appropriate  for  agricultural

cash flows, appropriately supplemented with further debt

development  on  the  basis  that,  regrettable  as  it  may  be

funding.    Should,  however,  land  or  cash  availability  fall

from an environmental viewpoint, the logging has been so

short of expectations and the group be unable to secure

extensive  that  primary  forest  is  unlikely  to  regenerate.

alternative  land  or  funding,  the  extension  planting

Such  land  areas  fall  within  a  region  that  elsewhere

programme, upon which the group's continued growth will

includes substantial areas of unspoilt primary rain forest

in part depend, may be delayed or curtailed.

inhabited by diverse flora and fauna.  As such, the group,

in  common  with  other  oil  palm  growers  in  Kalimantan,

Any  shortfall  in  achieving  planned  extensions  of  the

must expect scrutiny from conservation groups and could

group's planted areas would be likely to impact negatively

suffer adverse consequences if its environmental policies

the annual revaluation of the group's biological assets, the

were to be singled out for criticism by such groups. 

movements upon which are taken to the group's income

50

An  environmental  impact  assessment  and  master  plan

employees  and  their  dependents  and  to  promote

was  constructed  using  independent  environmental

smallholder development of oil palm plantings.

experts  when  the  group  first  commenced  agricultural

operations  in  East  Kalimantan  and  this  plan  is  updated

The  group's  agricultural  operations  are  established  in  a

regularly with further advice from independent experts to

relatively remote and sparsely populated area which was

reflect modern practice and to take account of changes in

for the most part unoccupied prior to the group's arrival.

circumstances  (including  planned  additions  to  the  areas

However,  some  areas  of  land  were  previously  used  by

to be developed by the group).  Substantial conservation

local  villagers  for  the  cultivation  of  crops.    Accordingly,

reserves  have  been  established  in  areas  already

when taking over such areas, the group negotiates with,

developed by the group and further reserves will be added

and pays compensation to, the affected parties.  

as new areas are developed.  The group actively manages

these reserves and endeavours to use them to conserve

The negotiation of compensation payments can involve a

landscape 

level  biodiversity  as  detailed  under

considerable  number  of  local  individuals  with  differing

“Conservation” in “Agricultural operations” above. 

views  and  this  can  cause  difficulties  in  reaching

agreement with all affected parties.  There is also a risk

The  group  is  committed  to  sustainable  oil  palm

that, after an agreement has been completed, a party to

development  and  adopts  the  measures  described  under

the  agreement  may  become  disaffected  with  the  terms

“Sustainable practices” in “Agricultural operations” above

agreed or the manner in which the agreement has been

to  mitigate  the  risk  of  its  operations  causing  damage  to

implemented and may seek to repudiate the agreement.

the environment or to its neighbours.  The group supports

Such difficulties and risk have in the past caused, and are

the principles and criteria established by RSPO and is at

likely  to  continue  periodically  to  cause,  delays  to  the

an advanced stage in obtaining RSPO accreditation.

extension planting programme and other disruptions.  The

Local relations

group  has  to-date  been  successful  in  managing  such

periodic delays and disruptions so that they have not, in

overall  terms,  materially  disrupted  the  group's  extension

The  agricultural  operations  of  the  group  could  be

planting programme or operations generally, but there is a

seriously  disrupted  if  there  were  to  be  a  material

continuing risk that they could do so.

breakdown  in  relations  between  the  group  and  the  host

population  in  the  vicinity  of  the  operations.    The  group

Coal operations

endeavours to mitigate this risk by liaising regularly with

representatives of surrounding villages and by seeking to

The directors have previously expressed their belief that

improve local living standards through mutually beneficial

the most material risk attaching to the coal operations is

economic and social interaction between the local villages

the  risk  that  the  directors,  with  no  prior  experience  of

and  the  agricultural  operations.    In  particular,  the  group,

mining,  may  have  misjudged  the  potential  of  the

when  possible,  gives  priority 

to  applications  for

operations  and  that  the  operations  do  not  become

employment  from  members  of  the  local  population  and

commercially viable.  In that event, some or all of the group

supports  specific 

initiatives 

(as  described  under

capital  invested  in  the  operations  may  be  lost.    This

“Community  development”  and 

“Smallholders” 

in

remains a risk but the directors believe that with the levels

“Agricultural  operations”  above)  to  encourage  local

of activity now being achieved, it is a diminishing risk.  The

farmers and tradesmen to act as suppliers to the group, its

more  material  risks  specific  to  coal  that  the  directors

currently foresee are as described below.

51

Review of the group continued

Operational risks

of inflation and interest rates.  This may lead to significant

Coal  delivery  volumes  are  dependent  upon  efficiency  of

price swings.

production and of transport of extracted coal from mines

Coal  is  sold  on  the  basis  of  its  calorific  value  and  other

to points of sale.  Both production and transport can be

aspects of its chemical composition.  Supply and demand

disrupted  by  heavy  rains,  such  as  are  common  in  East

for  specific  grades  of  coal  and  consequent  pricing  may

Kalimantan.  Heavy seas can cause delays to the barging

not necessarily reflect overall coal market trends and the

of coal to its point of sale.  Failure to achieve budgeted

group may be adversely affected if it is unable to supply

delivery volumes will increase unit costs and may result in

coal  within  the  specifications  that  are  at  any  particular

operations becoming unprofitable.  Whilst weather related

time in high demand.

impacts cannot be avoided, the group uses experienced

contractors,  supervises  them  closely  and  takes  care  to

The Indonesian government has stated that it intends to

ensure that they have equipment of capacity appropriate

impose  obligations  on  coal  concession  holders  to  sell

for the planned delivery volumes.

domestically  a  proportion  of  the  coal  that  they  mine.    If

obligations  imposed  mean  that  domestic  sales  of  coal

Failure  to  load  export  shipments  to  an  agreed  schedule

have  to  be  made  at  prices  that  are  below  world  market

may  result  in  demurrage  claims  (damages  payable  for

prices  (and  it  is  not  yet  known  whether  this  will  be  the

delays) which may be material.  The group endeavours to

case)  the  group’s  prospective  revenues  from  coal  sales

minimise this risk by direct supervision of loading of large

will be reduced. 

shipments  and,  where  possible,  by  loading  barges  used

for transferring coal from shore to ship ahead of arrival of

Environmental practices

ships.

Open  cast  coal  mining,  as  conducted  on  the  coal

Mining  plans  are  based  on  geological  assessments  and

concessions in which the group has invested, involves the

the  group  seeks  to  ensure  the  accuracy  of  those

removal  of  substantial  volumes  of  overburden  to  obtain

assessments  by  extensive  drilling  ahead  of  any

access to the coal deposits.  The prospective areas to be

implementation  of  the  plans.    Nevertheless  geological

mined  by  the  group  do  not,  however,  cover  a  large  area

assessments  are  extrapolations  based  on  statistical

and the group is committed to international standards of

sampling and may prove inaccurate to an extent.  In that

best  environmental  practice  and,  in  particular,  to  proper

event, unforeseen extraction complications can occur and

management of waste water and reinstatement of mined

may cause cost overruns and delays. 

areas on completion of mining operations.  Nevertheless,

Price risk

the  group  could  be  adversely  affected  by  environmental

criticisms of the coal mining industry as a whole.

The profitability and cash flow of the coal operations will

General

depend  both  upon  world  prices  of  coal  and  upon  the

group's  ability  to  sell  its  coal  at  price  levels  comparable

Currency

with such world prices.   Coal is a primary commodity and

as  such  is  affected  by  levels  of  world  economic  activity

CPO,  CPKO  and  coal  are  essentially  US  dollar  based

and factors affecting the world economy, including levels

commodities.  Accordingly, the group's revenues and the

52

underlying value of the group's operations are effectively

Regulatory exposure

US dollar denominated.  

Changes  in  existing,  and  adoption  of  new,  laws  and

All of the group's borrowings other than the sterling notes

regulations  affecting  the  group  (including,  in  particular,

(as respects which the group has entered into sterling US

laws  and  regulations  relating  to  land  tenure  and  mining

dollar  debt  swap  arrangements)  and  drawings  by  SYB

concessions,  work  permits  for  expatriate  staff  and

under the DBS amortising Indonesian rupiah loan facility,

taxation)  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  group’s

are US dollar denominated and a substantial proportion of

activities.    Many  of  the  licences,  permits  and  approvals

the  group’s  costs  (including  fertiliser  and  machinery

held  by  the  group  are  subject  to  periodic  renewal.

inputs) is US dollar denominated or linked.

Renewals are often subject to delays and there is always

a risk that a renewal may be refused or made subject to

Accordingly, the principal currency risk faced by the group

new conditions.

is  that  those  components  of  group  costs  that  arise  in

Indonesian  rupiah  and  sterling  may,  if  such  currencies

Agricultural land and mining rights held by the group are

strengthen  against  the  US  dollar,  negatively  impact

subject  to  the  satisfaction  by  the  group  of  various

margins  in  US  dollar  terms.    The  directors  consider  that

continuing  conditions,  including,  as  respects  agricultural

this  risk  is  inherent  in  the  group's  business  and  capital

land,  conditions  requiring  the  group  to  promote

structure  and  the  group  does  not  therefore  normally

smallholder developments of oil palm.

hedge against such risk. 

Although  the  group  endeavours  to  ensure  that  its

The  group’s  hedging  strategy  as  respects  the  sterling

activities are conducted only on the land areas, and within

notes may itself give rise to risk given the contention of

the  terms  of  the  licences,  that  it  holds,  licensing  rules

the  Indonesian  tax  authorities  (as  referred  to  under

change frequently and boundaries of large land areas are

“Group results” in “Finances” above) that mark to market

not always clearly demarcated.  There is therefore always

losses in Indonesia on debt swap arrangements hedging

a  risk  that  the  group  may  inadvertently  and  to  a  limited

the  notes  may  not  be  deducted  from  chargeable  profits

extent  conduct  operations  for  which  it  does  not  hold  all

for Indonesian tax purposes.

necessary  licences  or  operate  on  land  for  the  use  of

which it does not have all necessary permits.

Counterparty risk

The  Bribery  Act  2010,  which  applies  worldwide  to

Export  sales  of  CPO,  CPKO  and  coal  are  made  either

interests  of  UK  companies,  has  created  an  offence  of

against  letters  of  credit  or  on  the  basis  of  cash  against

failure  by  a  commercial  organisation  to  prevent  a  bribe

documents.  However, domestic sales of CPO, CPKO and

being  paid  on  its  behalf.    It  will  be  a  defence  if  the

coal  may  require  the  group  to  provide  some  credit  to

organisation has adequate procedures in place to prevent

buyers and purchases of coal for trading may require the

bribery and the group has traditionally had strong controls

group to part pay ahead of delivery.  The group seeks to

in this area because the group operates predominantly in

limit  the  counterparty  risk  that  such  credit  and

Indonesia,  which  is  classified  as  high  risk  by  the

prepayments  entail  by  effective  credit  controls.    Such

International  Transparency  Corruption  Perceptions  Index

controls include regular reviews of buyer creditworthiness

2010.  To mitigate further the risk that this poses, and in

and limits on the term and amount of credit that may be

anticipation of the Bribery Act coming into effect in 2011,

extended to any one buyer and in total.

53

Review of the group continued

the group is reviewing its framework of controls to ensure

the  group’s  local  partners.    The  group  endeavours  to

that it will comply with the provisions of the Act.

maintain  cordial  relations  with  its  local  investors  by

seeking  their  support  for  decisions  affecting  their

interests  and  responding  constructively  to  any  concerns

that they may have.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary

20 April 2011

Country exposure

All of the group's operations are located in Indonesia and

the  group  is  therefore  significantly  dependent  on

economic and political conditions in Indonesia.  In the late

1990’s,  in  common  with  other  parts  of  South  East  Asia,

Indonesia  experienced  severe  economic  turbulence  and

there have been subsequent occasional instances of civil

unrest, often attributed to ethnic tensions, in certain parts

of Indonesia.  However, during 2010 Indonesia remained

stable and the Indonesian economy continued to grow.

Whilst  freedom  to  operate  in  a  stable  and  secure

environment is critical to the group and the existence of

security risks should never be underestimated, the group

has always sought to mitigate those risks and has never,

since  the  inception  of  its  current  operations  in  East

Kalimantan,  been  adversely  affected  by  security

problems.

Although there can never be certainty as to such matters,

under  current  political  conditions,  the  directors  have  no

reason  to  believe  that  any  government  authority  would

revoke the registered land titles or mining rights in which

the group has invested or that any such authority would

impose  exchange  controls  or  otherwise  seek  to  restrict

the group's freedom to manage its operations.

Miscellaneous relationships

The  group  is  materially  dependent  upon  its  staff  and

employees and endeavours to manage this dependence

as detailed under “Employees” in “Operations” above.   

Relationships  with  shareholders  in  Indonesian  group

companies are also important to the group and especially

so as respects the mining concessions in which the group

holds interests which are at the moment legally owned by

54

Directors

Richard Robinow 
Chairman (65)

John Green-Armytage
Independent non-executive director (65)

Mr Robinow was appointed a director in 1978 and has been
chairman  since  1984.    After  early  investment  banking
experience, he has been involved for over 35 years in the
plantation  industry.    He  is  non-executive  but  devotes  a
significant  proportion  of  his  working  time  to  the  affairs  of
the  group,  dealing  principally  with  matters  of  strategy  and
finance.    He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  M.  P.  Evans
Group plc, a UK plantation company of which the shares are
admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of
the  London  Stock  Exchange,  and  of  two  overseas  listed
plantations companies: Sipef NV, Belgium, and REA Vipingo
Plantations Limited, Kenya.

John Oakley
Managing director (62)

After  early  experience  in  investment  banking  and  general
management,  Mr  Oakley  joined  the  group  in  1983  as
divisional managing director of the group's then horticultural
operations.  He was appointed to the main board in 1985
and  subsequently  oversaw  group  businesses  involved  in
tea,  bananas,  pineapples  and  merchanting,  transferring  in
the  early  1990s  to  take  charge  of  the  day  to  day
management  of  the  group's  then  embryonic  East
Kalimantan  agricultural  operations.    He  was  appointed
managing director in January 2002.  As the sole executive
director,  he  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  operations  of
the group.

David Blackett
Senior independent non-executive director (60)

Mr Blackett was appointed a non-executive director in July
2008  and  was  subsequently  appointed  chairman  of  the
audit and remuneration committees and, more recently, as a
member of the nomination committee.  After qualifying as a
chartered  accountant  in  Scotland,  he  worked  for  over  25
years in South East Asia, where he concluded his career as
chairman of AT&T Capital Inc.  Prior to joining that company,
he was a director of an international investment bank with
responsibility  for  the  bank’s  South  East  Asian  operations.
He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  South  China  Holdings
Limited,  a  company  listed  on  the  Hong  Kong  Stock
Exchange.

Mr  Green-Armytage  was  a  non-executive  director  from
1984 to 1994.  He rejoined the board as a non-executive
director in 1997 and for several years served as chairman
of the audit and remuneration committees.   After a career
in  investment  banking,  he  moved  to  become  managing
director  of  a  UK  listed  company  with  South  East  Asian
involvement.  He has subsequently held directorships of a
number of companies in both executive and non-executive
capacities.    These  currently  include  the  chairmanship  of
AMEC PLC.

John Keatley
Independent non-executive director (77)

Mr  Keatley  was  a  non-executive  director  from  1975  to
1983 and chairman from 1978 to 1983.  He rejoined the
board as a non-executive director in 1985 and is a member
of  the  nomination  committee.    After  a  background  in  the
fertiliser  industry,  he  is  now  involved  in  a  family  business
investing in property in the UK and overseas.

David Killick, FCIS 
Independent non-executive director (73)

Mr Killick was appointed a non-executive director in 2006.
He is chairman of the nomination committee and a member
of the audit and remuneration committees.  After qualifying
as  a  barrister,  he  became  a  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of
Chartered Secretaries and Administrators.  He worked for
over  28  years  for  the  Commonwealth  Development
Corporation, serving as a member of its management board
from 1980 to 1994.  Thereafter, he has held a number of
directorships. 
is  currently  a  director  of
Reallyenglish.com Limited and a member of the council of
management of Slough Council for Voluntary Service.

  He 

55

Directors continued

Charles Letts 
Independent non-executive director (92)

Mr Letts was appointed a non-executive director in 1989.
After  serving  in  the  British  Armed  Forces  in  World  War  II
and thereafter in the British Foreign Office, he was a main
board  director  of  Jardine  Matheson  &  Co.  Limited  for  15
years and then set up his own business.  For over 40 years,
he has held directorships and advisory posts in companies
covering a wide range of activities in various countries, with
particular emphasis on the plantation industry.  His present
directorships  include  The  China  Club  Limited  and  China
Investment Fund. 

Chan Lok Lim
Independent non-executive director (69)

Mr  Lim  was  appointed  a  non-executive  director  in  2002.
He  has  been  involved  for  over  30  years  in  companies  in
South  East  Asia  engaged  in  power  generation  and
distribution, water and waste treatment, industrial and agro-
industrial  engineering  (including  palm  oil  mill  design  and
construction) and in the plantation industry.  He is chairman
of SPC Power Corporation, a public company listed on the
Philippines  Stock  Exchange,  and  a  director  of  Agusan
Plantations Inc, Philippines, Agumil Philippines Inc and Pan
Abrasives (Private) Limited, Singapore.

56

Directors’ report

The directors present their annual report on the affairs of

December 2010 were duly paid.  A first interim dividend

the  group,  together  with  the  financial  statements  and

in  respect  of  2010  of  2½p  per  share  was  paid  on  the

auditors’ reports, for the year ended 31 December 2010.

ordinary shares on 1 October 2010 and a second interim

Principal activities and business review

Although  the  second  interim  dividend  was  originally

dividend of a further 2½p per share on 28 January 2011.

intended  to  be  paid  in  lieu  of  final  dividend,  for  the

The  group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  cultivation  of  oil

reasons explained in the “Review of the group” section of

palms in the Indonesian province of East Kalimantan and in

this  annual  report,  the  directors  now  recommend  the

the  production  of  crude  palm  oil  (“CPO”)  and  by-products

payment of a final dividend in respect of 2010 of 3p per

from fruit harvested from its oil palms.  In addition, the group

ordinary  share  to  be  paid  on  30  September  2011  to

holds recently acquired interests in three coal concessions

ordinary  shareholders  on  the  register  of  members  on  2

in  East  Kalimantan  and  is  establishing  an  open  cast  coal

September 2011.  The directors intend that this dividend

mining  operation  and  coal  trading  activity  based  on  these

should  substitute  for  the  interim  dividend  in  respect  of

concessions.  

2011 that they would otherwise have expected to declare

for  payment  in  or  about  September  2011  and  that  the

A review of the activities and planned future development of

dividends  declared  or  recommended  by  the  directors  in

the group, together with the principal risks and uncertainties

respect of 2011 and subsequent years should comprise

facing  the  group,  is  provided  in  the  accompanying

an interim dividend payable in the January following the

“Chairman’s statement” and “Review of the group” sections

end of the applicable year and a final dividend payable in

of this annual report which are incorporated by reference in

the following September.  Resolution 3 in the company’s

this  “Directors’  report”.    In  particular,  the  “Review  of  the

notice of 2011 annual general meeting (the “Notice”) set

group”  includes  information  as  to  group  policy  and

out at the end of this document, which will be proposed as

objectives  regarding  the  use  of  financial  instruments.

an  ordinary  resolution,  deals  with  the  payment  of  this

Information  as  to  such  policy  and  objectives  and  the  risk

dividend.

exposures  arising  is  also  included  in  note  21  to  the

consolidated financial statements.  

Going concern basis

The  group  does  not  undertake  significant  research  and

The group's business activities, together with the factors

development activities.  

likely  to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and

position  are  described  in  the  “Review  of  the  group”

Details of significant events since 31 December 2010 are

section  of  this  annual  report  which  also  provides  (under

contained  in  note  41  to  the  consolidated  financial

the heading “Finances”) a description of the group's cash

statements.

Results and dividends

flow,  liquidity  and  financing  adequacy,  and  treasury

policies.  In addition, note 21 to the consolidated financial

statements includes information as to the group's policy,

objectives,  and  processes  for  managing  its  capital;  its

The  results  are  presented  in  the  consolidated  income

financial  risk  management  objectives;  details  of  its

statement and notes thereto. 

financial  instruments  and  hedging  activities;  and  its

exposures to credit and liquidity risks.  

The fixed annual dividends on the 9 per cent cumulative

preference  shares  that  fell  due  on  30  June  and  31

57

Directors’ report continued

Although the group has indebtedness, that indebtedness

The  appointment  and  replacement  of  directors  is

is medium term and the group is not materially reliant on

governed  by  the  company’s  articles  of  association  and

short term borrowing facilities.  Moreover, the group has

prevailing  legislation,  augmented  by  the  principles  laid

considerable  cash  resources.    As  a  consequence,  the

down  in  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  which  the

directors believe that the group is well placed to manage

company seeks to apply in a manner proportionate to its

its business risks successfully. 

size  as  further  detailed  in  the  “Corporate  governance”

section of this annual report. 

For  the  reasons  given  under  “Board  of  directors”  in  the

“Corporate  governance”  section  of  this  annual  report

(which  section  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this

Directors’ report), the directors believe that the board of

the company is effective as currently constituted and that

its current composition should be maintained at least until

the  group’s  new  regional  office  in  Singapore  is  fully

established.  The  board  therefore  recommends  (each

affected  director  abstaining  from  such  conclusion  as  it

applies  to  himself)  the  re-election  of  all  of  the  directors

offering  themselves  for  re-election. 

  The  senior

independent  non-executive  director  and  the  chairman

have confirmed as regards, respectively, the chairman and

the other non-executive directors offering themselves for

re-election 

that, 

following 

formal  performance

evaluations, each such individual's performance continues

to  be  effective  and  to  demonstrate  commitment  to  the

role  assumed,  including  commitment  of  time  for  board

and  committee  meetings  and,  where  applicable,  other

assigned duties.  

Directors’ interests

At  31  December  2010,  the  interests  of  directors

(including  interests  of  connected  persons  as  defined  in

section 96B (2) of the Financial Services and Markets Act

2000 of which the company is, or ought upon reasonable

enquiry  to  become,  aware)  in  the  9  per  cent  cumulative

preference shares of £1 each and the ordinary shares of

25p each of the company were as follows:

After  making  enquiries,  the  directors  have  a  reasonable
expectation  that  the  company  and  the  group  have
adequate resources to continue in operational existence
for the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, they continue to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial
statements.

Charitable and political donations

During the year the group made no charitable donations

to persons ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom and

no  political  donations.    The  group  provided  support  for

conservation activities in East Kalimantan.

Supplier payment policy

It  is  the  company’s  policy  to  establish  appropriate

payment terms and conditions for dealings with suppliers

and  to  comply  with  such  terms  and  conditions.    The

holding company itself does not have trade creditors. 

Directors

The  directors  are  listed  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

annual  report  which  is  incorporated  by  reference  in  this

“Directors’  report”.    All  the  directors  served  throughout

2010.    Messrs  Robinow,  Green-Armytage,  Keatley  and

Letts  retire  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting

and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election, such

retirements being in compliance with the provisions of the

UK Corporate Governance Code requiring the annual re-

election  of  non-executive  directors  who  have  served  as

such for more than nine years.  Resolutions 4 to 7 in the

Notice,  which  will  be  proposed  as  ordinary  resolutions,

deal with the re-election of the above named directors.

58

Preference
shares

Ordinary
shares

under  “Directors’  interests”  above.    By  deeds  dated  24

November  1998  and  10  April  2001,  Emba  has  agreed

- 10,005,833

that it will not undertake activities in conflict with those of

250,000

12,481

85,712

-

-

80,704

680,878

20,000

the  group  and  that  it  will  deal  with  the  group  only  on  a

basis that is appropriate between a listed company and its

subsidiaries,  on  the  one  hand,  and  a  significant

20,400

108,008

shareholder in a listed company, on the other hand. 

-

-

22,637

442,493

Control and structure of capital

R M Robinow

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

J C Oakley

Directors’ indemnities

Qualifying third party indemnity provisions (as defined in

section 234 of the Companies Act 2006) were in force

for the benefit of directors of the company and of other

members  of  the  group  throughout  2010  and  remain  in

force at the date of this report.

Substantial shareholders

As  at  the  date  of  this  report,  the  company  had  received

notifications  required  by  The  Disclosure  Rules  and

Transparency  Rules  of  the  Financial  Services  Authority

from the following persons of voting rights held by them

as shareholders through the holdings of ordinary shares

indicated:

Emba Holdings Limited

Number

%

9,957,500

29.80

Prudential plc and certain subsidiaries

4,760,229

14.24

Alcatel Bell Pensioenfonds VZW

4,167,049

12.47

Artemis UK Smaller Companies

1,919,400

JPMorgan Asset Management (UK) Limited 1,703,906

5.74

5.10

In addition, the company had been notified that the above

interest  of  Prudential  plc  group  of  companies  includes

4,030,792  ordinary  shares  (12.06  per  cent)  in  which

M&G Investment Funds 3 is also interested.

The shares held by Emba Holdings Limited (“Emba”) are

included as part of the interest of Mr R M Robinow shown

Details  of  the  company’s  share  capital  and  changes  in

share capital during 2010 are detailed in note (vii) to the

company’s  financial  statements.  At  31  December  2010,

the  preference  share  capital  and  the  ordinary  share

capital represented, respectively, 76.4 and 23.6 per cent

of the total issued share capital.  

The  rights  and  obligations  attaching  to  the  ordinary  and

preference shares are governed by the company’s articles

of  association  and  prevailing  legislation.    A  copy  of  the

articles  of  association  is  available  on  the  company’s

website  at  www.rea.co.uk.    Rights  to  income  and  capital

are  summarised  in  note  (vii)  to  the  company’s  financial

statements. 

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the company,

every holder of shares and every duly appointed proxy of

a holder of shares, in each case being entitled to vote on

the resolution before the meeting, shall have one vote.  On

a poll, every holder of shares present in person or by proxy

and  entitled  to  vote  on  the  resolution  the  subject  of  the

poll shall have one vote for each share held.   Holders of

preference shares are not entitled to vote on a resolution

proposed  at  a  general  meeting  unless,  at  the  date  of

notice  of  the  meeting,  the  dividend  on  the  preference

shares is more than six months in arrears or the resolution

is  for  the  winding  up  of  the  company  or  is  a  resolution

directly  and  adversely  affecting  any  of  the  rights  and

privileges attaching to the preference shares.  Deadlines

for the exercise of voting rights and for the appointment

59

Directors’ report continued

of a proxy or proxies to vote in relation to any resolution

company  in  general  meeting  by  special  resolution.    The

to be proposed at a general meeting are governed by the

articles of association may be amended only by a special

company’s  articles  of  association  and  prevailing

resolution of the company in general meeting and, where

legislation  and  will  normally  be  as  detailed  in  the  notes

such amendment would modify, abrogate or vary the class

accompanying  the  notice  of  the  meeting  at  which  the

rights  of  any  class  of  shares,  with  the  consent  of  that

resolution is to be proposed.

class given in accordance with the company’s articles of

association and prevailing legislation. 

There  are  no  restrictions  on  the  size  of  any  holding  of

shares in the company.  Shares may be transferred either

The 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 of the company

through the CREST system (being the relevant system as

(“dollar notes”) and the 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling

defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001

notes  2015/17  of  REA  Finance  B.V.  (“sterling  notes”)

of which CRESTCo Limited is the operator) where held in

(which are guaranteed by the company) are transferable

uncertificated  form  or  by  instrument  of  transfer  in  any

either  through  the  CREST  system  where  held  in

usual  or  common  form  duly  executed  and  stamped,

uncertificated  form  or  by  instrument  of  transfer  in  any

subject  to  provisions  of  the  company’s  articles  of

usual  or  common  form  duly  executed  in  amounts  and

association empowering the directors to refuse to register

multiples, in the former case, of $1 and, in the latter case,

any transfer of shares where the shares are not fully paid,

of £1,000.  There is no maximum limit on the size of any

the  shares  are  to  be  transferred  into  a  joint  holding  of

holding in either case.

more than four persons, the transfer is not appropriately

supported  by  evidence  of  the  right  of  the  transferor  to

Significant  holdings  of  preference  shares,  dollar  notes

make  the  transfer  or  the  transferor  is  in  default  in

and sterling notes shown by the register of members and

compliance with a notice served pursuant to section 793

registers  of  dollar  and  sterling  noteholders  at  31

of the Companies Act 2006.  The directors are not aware

December 2010 were as follows:

of any agreements between shareholders that may result

in  restrictions  on  the  transfer  of  securities  or  on  voting

rights.

No  person  holds  securities  carrying  special  rights  with

regard  to  control  of  the  company  and  there  are  no

arrangements  in  which  the  company  co-operates  by

which  financial  rights  carried  by  shares  are  held  by  a

person other than the holder of  the shares.

The  articles  of  association  provide  that  the  business  of

the  company  is  to  be  managed  by  the  directors  and

empower  the  directors  to  exercise  all  powers  of  the

company, subject to the provisions of such articles (which

include  a  provision  specifically  limiting  the  borrowing

powers  of  the  group)  and  prevailing  legislation  and

subject  to  such  directions  as  may  be  given  by  the

Preference
shares

Dollar
notes

Sterling
notes

‘000

$’000

£’000

Bank of New York (Nominees) Limited

BNY Mellon Nominees Limited
BSDTABN Account

Euroclear Nominees Limited
EOC01 Account

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 993791 Account

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 942436 Account

HSBC Global Custody Nominee
(UK) Limited 641898 Account

Rulegale Nominees Limited
ISA001 Account

Rulegale Nominees Limited
JAMSCLT Account

Securities Services Nominees Limited
2300001 Account

State Street Nominees Limited
OM04 Account

–

–

–

–

17,800

2,596

– 12,840

3,617

–

–

–

–

–

1,174

4,179

–

–

3,797

1,500

–

–

–

–

–

4,000

–

–

2,595

2,000

60

Vidacos Nominees Limited
CLRLUX Account

Morris Edward Zukerman

Morris Edward Zukerman
ZFT Account

Preference
shares

Dollar
notes

Sterling
notes

‘000

$’000

£’000

–

–

–

3,515

9,500

9,500

–

–

–

Treasury shares and power to repurchase shares

No shares of the company are at present held in treasury.

The company’s articles of association permit the purchase

by  the  company  of  its  own  shares  subject  to  prevailing

legislation  which  requires  that  any  such  purchase,  if  a

A change of control of the company would entitle holders

market  purchase,  has  been  previously  authorised  by  the

of  the  sterling  notes  and  certain  holders  of  the  dollar

company in general meeting and, if not, is made pursuant

notes to require repayment of the notes held by them as

to a contract of which the terms have been authorised by

detailed in notes 23 and 24 to the consolidated financial

statements.   A change in control of the company on or

prior to 31 December 2014 would also entitle the holders

of the redeemable participating preference shares of the

company’s subsidiary KCC Resources Limited (“KCC”) to

redemption  of  their  shares  on  the  next  following  31

December (or, if KCC is prohibited by law from effecting

such redemption, to require the company to purchase or

procure the purchase of such shares).   

As referred to under “Directors’ interests” above, an option

held by Mr J C Oakley to subscribe for ordinary shares of

25p each of the company was exercised on 1 February

2010.  At the date of this report, there are no outstanding

share options held by directors or employees.

Awards to senior group executives under the company’s

long term incentive plans will vest and may be encashed

within one month of a change of control as detailed under

“Long 

term 

incentive  plans” 

in 

the 

“Directors’

remuneration  report”  section  of  this  annual  report.    The

directors are not aware of any agreements between the

company and its directors or between any member of the

group  and  a  group  employee  that  provides  for

compensation  for  loss  of  office  or  employment  that

occurs because of a takeover bid.

a  special  resolution  of  the  company  in  general  meeting.

There  is  no  authority  extant  for  the  purchase  by  the

company of its own shares.

Increase in share capital

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

will be proposed (resolution 10 set out in the Notice) to

increase  the  authorised  share  capital  of  the  company

(being  the  maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of

the  company  that  the  company  may  allot)  from

£37,750,000  to  £55,250,000  by  the  creation  of

17,500,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of

£1  each  ranking  pari  passu  in  all  respects  with  the

existing  preference  shares  and  representing  63.6  per

cent of the existing authorised preference share capital.

As indicated in the “Review of the group” section of this

annual report, the directors believe that it will be prudent

when market conditions permit for the company to issue

additional  preference  shares  and  to  apply  the  resultant

proceeds 

in  retiring  existing  group 

indebtedness.

Furthermore,  the  directors  believe  that  capitalisation

issues of new preference shares to ordinary shareholders,

such  as  were  made  on  several  previous  occasions,

provide  a  useful  mechanism  for  augmenting  returns  to

ordinary shareholders in periods in which good profits are

achieved but demands on cash resources limit the scope

for payment of cash dividends.  The proposed creation of

61

Directors’ report continued

additional  preference  shares  is  designed  to  give  the

share  capital”  above,  the  directors  have  no  present

company  sufficient  authorised  but  unissued  preference

intention of exercising these authorities. 

capital to permit the directors to issue preference shares

for  these  purposes  without  further  approval  (other  than

Authority to disapply pre-emption rights

shareholder authority to allot such shares, which authority

will be sought at the forthcoming annual general meeting

as noted under “Authorities to allot share capital” below).

Authorities to allot share capital

Fresh  powers  are  also  being  sought  at  the  forthcoming

annual general meeting under the provisions of sections

571 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to enable the

board  to  make  a  rights  issue  or  open  offer  of  ordinary

shares  to  existing  ordinary  shareholders  without  being

At  the  annual  general  meeting  held  on  8  June  2010,

obliged to comply with certain technical requirements of

shareholders  authorised 

the  directors  under 

the

the Companies Act 2006 which can create problems with

provisions of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to

regard to fractions and overseas shareholders.

allot ordinary shares or 9 per cent cumulative preference

shares  within  specified  limits.    Replacement  authorities

In  addition,  the  resolution  to  provide  these  powers

are  being  sought  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general

(resolution  13  set  out  in  the  Notice)  will,  if  passed,

meeting (resolutions 11 and 12 set out in the Notice) to

empower the directors to make issues of ordinary shares

authorise  the  directors  (a)  to  allot  and  to  grant  rights  to

for cash other than by way of a rights issue or open offer

subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the

up  to  a  maximum  nominal  amount  of  £417,681

capital of the company (other than 9 per cent cumulative

(representing  5  per  cent  of  the  issued  ordinary  share

preference shares) up to an aggregate nominal amount of

capital  of  the  company  at  the  date  of  this  report).    The

£1,896,363.75 (being all of the unissued ordinary share

company  has  not  within  the  three  years  preceding  the

capital of the company and representing 22.7 per cent. of

date  of  this  report  issued  any  ordinary  shares  for  cash,

the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  at  the  date  of  this

relying  on  the  annual  general  disapplication  of  statutory

report), and (b) subject to the passing of resolution 10 set

pre-emption  rights  pursuant  to  section  571  of  the

out in the Notice, to allot and to grant rights to subscribe

Companies Act 2006 (or the predecessor sections of the

for, or to convert any security into, 9 per cent cumulative

Companies Act 1985.

preference shares in the capital of the company up to an

aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £17,936,319  (being  the

The foregoing powers (if granted) will expire on the date

aggregate of the unissued preference share capital of the

of the annual general meeting to be held in 2012 or on

company  at  the  date  of  this  report  and  the  additional

30 June 2012 (whichever is the earlier).

preference  share  capital  proposed  to  be  created  at  the

forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  and  representing

Increase of directors’ fees

47.8  per  cent  of  the  issued  preference  share  capital  of

the company at the date of this report).

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

(resolution 14 set out in the Notice) will be proposed to

The new authorities, if provided, will expire on the date of

authorise the directors to increase the fees for services of

the annual general meeting to be held in 2012 or on 30

each  director  from  £20,000  per  annum  as  currently

June 2012 (whichever is the earlier).  Save in relation to

provided in the company’s articles of association up to an

the  preference  shares  as  indicated  under  “Increase  in

amount  not  exceeding  £25,000  per  annum,  such  fees

62

being  exclusive  of  any  amounts  payable  under  other

director  and  the  proposal  to  permit  general  meetings

provisions  of  the  articles.    The  directors  have  no

(other  than  annual  general  meetings)  to  be  held  on  just

immediate  intention  of  increasing  the  current  level  of

14 clear days' notice as detailed under “General meeting

directors’ fees but the proposed resolution is designed to

notice periods” above are all in the best interests of the

provide  authority  for  future  increases  when  deemed

company  and  shareholders  as  a  whole  and  accordingly

appropriate.

the board recommends that shareholders vote in favour of

the  resolutions  10  to  15  as  set  out  in  the  notice  of  the

General meeting notice period

forthcoming annual general meeting.

At the forthcoming annual general meeting, a resolution

Auditors

(resolution 15 set out in the Notice) will be proposed to

authorise  the  directors  to  convene  a  general  meeting

Each director of the company at the date of approval of

(other than an annual general meeting) on 14 clear days'

this report has confirmed that, so far as he is aware, there

notice (subject to due compliance with requirements for

is  no  relevant  audit  information  of  which  the  company's

electronic voting).  The authority will be effective until the

auditors are unaware; and that he has taken all the steps

date of the annual general meeting to be held in 2012 or

that he ought to have taken as a director in order to make

on  30  June  2012  (whichever  is  the  earlier).    This

himself  aware  of  any  relevant  audit  information  and  to

resolution  is  proposed  following  legislation  which,

establish  that  the  company's  auditors  are  aware  of  that

notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  the  company's  articles

information. 

of association and in the absence of specific shareholder

approval  of  shorter  notice,  has  increased  the  required

This  confirmation  is  given  and  should  be  interpreted  in

notice period for general meetings of the company to 21

accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  418  of  the

clear days.  While the directors believe that it is sensible

Companies Act 2006.

to  have  the  flexibility  that  the  proposed  resolution  will

offer,  to  enable  general  meetings  to  be  convened  on

Deloitte LLP have expressed their willingness to continue

shorter notice than 21 days, this flexibility will not be used

in  office  as  auditors  and  resolutions  to  re-appoint  them

as a matter of routine for such meetings, but only where

and to authorise the directors to fix their remuneration will

the  flexibility  is  merited  by  the  business  of  the  meeting

be proposed at the forthcoming annual general meeting.

and is thought to be to the advantage of shareholders as

Resolutions 8 and 9 set out in the Notice, each of which

a whole.

Recommendation

will be proposed as ordinary resolutions, relate to the re-

appointment and remuneration of the auditors.

The board considers that increasing the authorised share

capital  of  the  company  by  the  creation  of  the  additional

preference shares proposed as detailed under “Increase

in share capital”, granting the directors the authorities and

powers  as  detailed  under  “Authorities  to  allot  share

capital” and “Authority to disappy pre-emption rights”, the

proposal  to  increase  the  maximum  fee  payable  to  each

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary

20 April 2011

63

Corporate governance

General 

The directors appreciate the importance of ensuring that
the  group’s  affairs  are  managed  effectively  and  with
integrity and acknowledge that the principles laid down in
the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued in
2008 by the Financial Reporting Council (“the Code”), as
revised  by  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  2010,
provide a widely endorsed model for achieving this.  The
Code  and  information  regarding  its  review  are  available
from  the  Financial  Reporting  Council’s  website  at
“www.frc.org.uk”.    The  directors  seek  to  apply  the  Code
principles  in  a  manner  proportionate  to  the  group’s  size
but,  as  the  Code  permits,  reserving  the  right,  when  it  is
appropriate  to  the  individual  circumstances  of  the
company, not to comply with certain Code principles and
to explain why.  Throughout the year ended 31 December
2010, the company was in compliance with the provisions
set out in section 1 of the Code.  In making this statement,
the directors have reflected their view detailed below as to
the 
long  serving  non-executive
directors. 

independence  of 

Board of directors 

The board currently comprises one executive director and
seven  non-executive  directors  (including  the  chairman).
Biographical information concerning each of the directors
is set out in the “Directors” section of this annual report.
The  variety  of  backgrounds  brought  to  the  board  by  its
members  provides  perspective  and  facilitates  balanced
and effective decision making for the long-term success
of  the  company  in  the  context  of  the  company’s
obligations  and  responsibilities  both  as  a  business  in
Indonesia  and  as  a  UK  listed  entity.    In  particular,  the
board  believes  that  the  skills  and  experience  of  its
different  members  complement  each  other  and  their
knowledge  is  of  specific  relevance  to  the  nature  and
geographical location of the group’s operations 

The  chairman  and  managing  director  (being  the  chief
executive)  have  defined  separate  responsibilities  under

the  overall  direction  of  the  board.    The  chairman  has
responsibility  for  matters  of  strategy  and  finance;  the
managing  director  has  responsibility  for  operational
matters.  Neither has unfettered powers of decision.   All
of the non-executive directors, with the exception of the
chairman,  are  considered  by  the  board  to  have  been
independent throughout the year.

The  directors  acknowledge  that  some  institutional
investors take the view that non-executive directors who
have served on the board of the company for more than
nine  years  can  never  be  regarded  as  independent  and
that,  on  this  basis,  three  of  the  non-executive  directors
whom  the  board  regards  as  independent  would  not  be
treated  as  such.    The  Code  states  that  service  by  a
director  for  more  than  nine  years  is  to  be  taken  into
account by the board in assessing his independence but
it is not, under the Code, determinative of independence.
All of the long serving non-executive directors considered
by  the  board  to  be  independent  are  re-elected  annually
after  endorsement  of  their  independence  by  their  co-
directors  as  required  by  the  Code  and  none  of  these
directors is financially or otherwise materially dependent
upon the company.  The board continues to be satisfied
that the independence of these long serving independent
non-executive directors is not affected by their length of
service.  Nevertheless, the board’s plans for refreshment
of  its  composition,  as  referred  to  under  “Performance
evaluation”  below,  will,  in  due  course,  mean  that  all
independent non-executive directors will retire after nine
years.

In  any  event,  three  independent  non-executive  directors
have  served  on  the  board  of  the  company  for  less  than
nine  years  and,  accordingly,  the  company  would  satisfy
the  Code  requirement  that  at  least  two  members  of  the
board be independent non-executive directors even if all
longer  serving  non-executive  directors  were  treated  as
not independent.  The Code also requires that some or all
members  of  the  audit,  remuneration  and  nomination
committees,  and  the  person  appointed  as  senior
independent non-executive director, be independent non-

64

executive  directors.    Since  the  reconstitution  of  the
nomination committee in April 2010, as described below,
the  board  considers  that  the  company  would  now  be
compliant with these Code requirements even if the more
restrictive  view  of  independence  of  longer  serving
directors was accepted.

Under the company’s articles of association, any director
who  has  not  been  appointed  or  re-appointed  at  each  of
the preceding two annual general meetings shall retire by
rotation and may submit himself for re-election.  This has
the  effect  that  each  director  is  subject  to  re-election  at
least  once  every  three  years.  In  addition,  in  compliance
with the Code, non-executive directors who have served
on the board for more than nine years submit themselves
for re-election every year. Further, any director appointed
during the year holds office until the next annual general
meeting and may then submit himself for re-election.

Directors’ conflicts of interest

In connection with the statutory duty to avoid any situation
which  conflicts  or  may  conflict  with  the  interests  of  the
company,  the  board  has  approved  the  continuance  of
potential conflicts notified by Messrs Robinow and Green-
Armytage,  each  of  the  two  directors  absenting  himself
from  the  discussion  in  respect  of  himself.    Such
notifications  relate  to  each  of  the  directors’  interests  as
shareholders  in  and/or  directors  of  companies  the
interests of which might conflict with those of the group
but  are  not  at  present  considered  to  conflict.    No  other
conflicts  or  potential  conflicts  have  been  notified  by
directors.

Board responsibilities

provision  of  such  other  information  as  the  board
periodically  decides  that  it  should  have  to  facilitate  the
discharge of its responsibilities.

The  board  has  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  for  its
decision  which  is  kept  under  review.    Such  matters
include  strategy,  material  investments  and  financing
decisions  and  the  appointment  or  removal  of  executive
directors  and  the  company  secretary.    In  addition,  the
board  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  resources  are
adequate 
reviewing
to  meet  objectives  and 
performance, financial controls and risk. 

for 

The company carries appropriate insurance against legal
action  against  its  directors.    The  current  policy  was  in
place  throughout  2010  in  compliance  with  the  Code
requirement to carry such insurance. 

Board committees

The  board  has  appointed  audit,  nomination  and
remuneration  committees  to  undertake  certain  of  the
board’s  functions,  with  written  terms  of  reference  which
are available for inspection on the company’s website and
are  updated  as  necessary.  Information  concerning  the
remuneration  of  directors  is  provided  in  the  “Directors’
remuneration report” section of this annual report (which
is 
“Corporate
reference 
governance”  report)  together  with  details  of  the  basis
upon which such remuneration is determined.

incorporated  by 

this 

in 

An executive committee of the board comprising Mr R M
Robinow  and  Mr  J C Oakley  has  been  appointed  to  deal
with various matters of a routine or executory nature.

Performance evaluation

The  board  is  responsible  for  the  proper  management  of
the  company.    Full  quarterly  operational  and  financial
reports  are  issued  to  all  directors  following  the  end  of
each quarter for their review and comment.  These reports
are augmented by annual budgets and positional papers
on  matters  of  a  non  routine  nature  and  by  prompt

A  formal  internal  evaluation  of  the  performance  of  the
board,  the  committees  and  individual  directors  is
undertaken annually.  Balance of powers, contribution to
strategy,  monitoring  efficacy  and  accountability  to
stakeholders  are  reviewed  by  the  board  as  a  whole  and

65

Corporate governance continued

the  performance  of  the  chairman  is  appraised  by  the
independent  non-executive  directors  led  by  the  senior
independent  director.    The  appraisal  process  includes
assessments against a detailed set of criteria covering a
variety of matters from the commitment and contribution
of  the  board  in  developing  strategy  and  enforcing
disciplined risk management, pursuing areas of concern,
if  any,  setting  appropriate  social  responsibility  objectives
to  the  adequacy  and  timeliness  of  information  made
available to the board.  

At  the  performance  evaluation  conducted  in  2010  and
referred  to  in  “Corporate  governance”  section  of  the
annual  report  in  respect  of  2009,  it  was  concluded  that
although  the  board  was  performing  effectively  as
currently  constituted,  there  was  a  need  for  succession
planning in relation not only to executive management but
also  to  non  executive  directors.    The  board  considered
that  it  should  continue  as  currently  constituted  pending
full  implementation  of  plans  for  the  addition  of  senior
executive  management  and  a  new  regional  office  in
Singapore  but  that  thereafter  the  composition  of  the
board should be reconstituted, and in the future refreshed,
on  the  basis  of  a  policy  that  length  of  service  by
independent  non  executive  directors  be  limited  to  nine
years.    As  detailed  under  “Strategic  direction  and
succession”  in  the  “Review  of  the  group”  section  of  this
annual  report,  the  process  of  recruiting  new  senior
executive management and establishing a new Singapore
office  is  proceeding  as  planned.    The  board  retains  its
previously  stated 
its  own
intentions 
reconstitution  and  future  refreshment  once  this  process
has  been  completed  (such  completion  being  expected
before the end of 2012).

regarding 

Professional development and advice

In view of their previous relevant experience and, in most
cases,  length  of  service  on  the  board,  all  directors  are
familiar with the financial and operational characteristics
of the group’s activities.  Directors are required to ensure
that  they  maintain  that  familiarity  and  keep  themselves
fully  cognisant  of  the  affairs  of  the  group  and  matters

66

affecting 
its  operations,  finances  and  obligations
(including  environmental,  social  and  governance
responsibilities).    Whilst  there  are  no  formal  training
programmes,  the  board  regularly  reviews  its  own
competences,  receives  periodic  briefings  on  legal  and
regulatory  developments  affecting  the  group  and  may
arrange training on specific matters where it is thought to
be required.  Directors are able to seek the advice of the
company  secretary  and,  individually  or  collectively,  may
take  independent  professional  advice  at  the  expense  of
the company if necessary. 

Steps are taken to ensure that newly appointed directors
become fully informed as to the group’s activities.

Board proceedings

Four  meetings  of  the  board  are  scheduled  each  year.
Other  board  meetings  are  held  as  required  to  consider
corporate  and  operational  matters  with  all  directors
consulted  in  advance  regarding  significant  matters  for
consideration.  Minutes of board meetings are circulated
to all directors.  The executive director, unless travelling,
is  normally  present  at  full  board  meetings  but,  where
appropriate,  telephone  discussions  take  place  between
the  chairman  and  the  other  non-executive  directors
outside  the  formal  meetings.    Committee  meetings  are
held as and when required.  All proceedings of committee
meetings are reported to the full board.

The attendance of individual directors at the regular and
“ad  hoc”  board  meetings  held  during  2010  was  as
follows: 

R M Robinow

J C Oakley

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

Regular Ad hoc
meeting meeting

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

3

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

In addition, during 2010, there were four meetings of the
audit  committee,  two  meetings  of  the  remuneration
committee and one meeting of the nomination committee.
All  committee  meetings  were  attended  by  all  of  the
committee  members  appointed  at  the  time  of  each
meeting. 

Whilst  all  formal  decisions  are  taken  at  board  meetings,
the directors have frequent informal discussions between
themselves and with management and most decisions at
board  meetings  reflect  a  consensus  that  has  been
reached  ahead  of  the  meetings.    Some  directors  reside
permanently, or for part of each year, in the Asia Pacific
region  and  most  of  the  UK  based  directors  travel
extensively.  Since the regular board meetings are fixed to
fit  in  with  the  company's  budgeting  and  reporting  cycle
and  ad  hoc  meetings  normally  have  to  be  held  at  short
notice  to  discuss  specific  matters,  the  company  is
reluctant to change meeting dates when some directors
are unable to attend.  Instead, when a director is unable to
be  at  a  meeting,  the  company  ensures  that  he  is  fully
briefed  so  that  he  can  make  his  views  known  to  other
directors ahead of time and his views are reported to, and
taken into account, at the meeting. 

Nomination committee

The  nomination  committee  comprises  Mr  D H R Killick
(chairman),  Mr  D  J  Blackett  and  Mr  J  R  M  Keatley.
Messrs  Blackett  and  Killick  were  appointed  to  the
committee  upon  Messrs  Letts  and  Robinow  stepping
down  in  January  2010  and  Mr  Killick  was  subsequently
appointed as chairman in succession to Mr Keatley.  The
submitting
responsible 
committee 
recommendations  for  the  appointment  of  directors  for
approval by the full board.

for 

is 

Audit committee

The audit committee currently comprises Mr D J Blackett
(chairman)  and  Mr  D  H  R  Killick  both  of  whom  are
considered by the directors to have the relevant financial
experience.  

The audit committee is responsible for:

• monitoring  the  integrity  of  the  financial  statements
and  reviewing  formal  announcements  of  financial
performance and the significant reporting issues and
judgements 
and
such 
announcements contain;

statements 

that 

•

reviewing  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control
functions (including the internal financial controls, the
internal  audit  function  and  arrangements  whereby
internally  raised  staff  concerns  as  to  financial
reporting and other relevant matters are considered);

• making recommendations to the board in relation to
the  appointment,  reappointment  and  removal  of  the
external  auditors,  their  remuneration  and  terms  of
engagement; and

•

reviewing  and  monitoring  the  independence  of  the
external  auditors  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  audit
process.

The  audit  committee  also  monitors  the  engagement  of
the auditors to perform non-audit work.  During 2010, the
only non-audit work undertaken by the auditors was, as in
the  previous  year,  routine  compliance  reporting  in
connection with covenant obligations applicable to certain
group loans (as respects which the governing instruments
require  that  such  compliance  reporting  is  carried  out  by
the  auditors).    The  audit  committee  considered  that  the
nature and scope of, and remuneration payable in respect
of, these engagements was such that the independence
and objectivity of the auditors was not impaired. 

The  members  of  the  audit  committee  discharge  their
informal  discussions  between
responsibilities  by 
themselves,  by  meetings  with  the  external  auditors,  the
internal  auditors  in  Indonesia  and  management  and  by
consideration of reports by management, the Indonesian
internal  audit  function  and  the  external  auditors  and  by
holding at least three formal meetings in each year.

The  audit  committee  has  recommended  to  the  board  of
the  company  that  it  should  seek  the  approval  of  the

67

Corporate governance continued

company's  shareholders  for  the  reappointment  of  the
company's  current  auditors.    That  recommendation
reflected  an  assessment  of  the  qualifications,  expertise,
resources and independence of the auditors based upon
reports  produced  by  the  auditors,  the  committee's  own
dealings  with 
from
the  auditors  and 
management.    The  committee  took  into  account  the
likelihood  of  withdrawal  of  the  auditor  from  the  market
and  noted  that  there  were  no  contractual  obligations  to
restrict the choice of external auditors. Given the current
level of audit fees and the costs that a change would be
likely to entail, the committee did not recommend that the
company's audit be put out to tender.

feedback 

Relations with shareholders

The  “Chairman's  statement”  and  “Review  of  the  group”
sections  of  the  annual  report,  when  read  in  conjunction
with  the  financial  statements,  “Directors'  report”  and
“Directors’ remuneration report”, are designed to present
a comprehensive and understandable assessment of the
group's  position  and  prospects. 
  The  respective
responsibilities of the directors and auditors in connection
with  the  financial  statements  are  detailed  in  the
“Directors’ responsibilities” section of this report and in the
auditors’ report. 

The  directors  endeavour  to  ensure  that  there  is
satisfactory  dialogue,  based  on  mutual  understanding,
between  the  company  and  its  shareholder  body.      The
annual  report,  interim  communications,  periodic  press
releases  and  such  circular  letters  to  shareholders  as
circumstances  may  require  are  intended  to  keep
shareholders  informed  as  to  progress  in  the  operational
activities  and  financial  affairs  of  the  group.    In  addition,
within 
imposed  by  considerations  of
confidentiality,  the  company  engages  with  institutional
and  other  major  shareholders  through  regular  meetings
and other contact in order to understand their concerns.
The  views  of  shareholders  are  communicated  to  the
board  as  a  whole  to  ensure  that  the  board  maintains  a
balanced  understanding  of  shareholder  opinions  and
issues arising.

limits 

the 

68

All  ordinary  shareholders  may  attend  the  company’s
annual and other general meetings and put questions to
the board.  Some directors reside permanently, or for part
of each year, in the Asia Pacific region and the nature of
the  group’s  business  requires  that  the  chairman  and
managing  director  travel  frequently  to  Indonesia.    It  is
therefore  not  always  feasible  for  all  directors  to  attend
general meetings, but those directors who are present are
available to talk on an informal basis to shareholders after
the meeting’s conclusion.  All proxy votes are counted and
full  details  of  all  proxies  lodged  for  each  resolution  are
reported  to  the  meeting  and  made  available  on  the
company’s website.  At least twenty working days' notice
is given of the annual general meeting and related papers
are  made  available  to  shareholders  at  least  twenty
working days ahead of the meeting. 

The  company  maintains  a  corporate  website  at
“www.rea.co.uk”.  This provides information regarding the
company,  including  annual  and  half  yearly  reports  and
photographs  illustrating  various  aspects  of  the  group’s
operations, and provides a facility for downloading recent
press releases issued by the company and other relevant
documentation concerning the company.

Internal control

The board is responsible for the group’s system of internal
control and for reviewing its effectiveness.  Such a system
is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of
failure  to  achieve  business  objectives  and  can  only
provide  reasonable  and  not  absolute  assurance  against
material misstatement or loss.

The  board  has  established  a  continuous  process  for
identifying, evaluating and managing any significant risks
which  the  group  faces  (including  risks  arising  from
environmental,  social  and  governance  matters).    The
board  regularly  reviews  the  process,  which  has  been  in
place from the start of the year to the date of approval of
this  report  and  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  revised
guidance on internal control published in October 2005.  

The  board  attaches  importance  not  only  to  the  process
established for controlling risks but also to promoting an
internal culture in which all group staff are conscious of
the  risks  arising  in  their  particular  areas  of  activity,  are
open with each other in their disclosure of such risks and
combine together in seeking to mitigate risk.  In particular,
the  board  has  always  emphasised  the  importance  of
integrity and ethical dealing and continues to do so.   The
board  plans  to  take  steps  formally  to  embed  this
emphasis into the group’s standard operating procedures
in order to evidence compliance with the principles of the
Bribery Act 2011.

The  board,  assisted  by  the  audit  committee,  regularly
reviews  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s  system  of
internal control. The board’s monitoring covers all controls,
including  financial,  operational  and  compliance  controls
and risk management. It is based principally on reviewing
reports from management (providing such information as
the  board  requires)  and  considering  whether  significant
risks  are  identified,  evaluated,  managed  and  controlled
and  whether  any  significant  weaknesses  are  promptly
remedied  or  indicate  a  need  for  more  extensive
monitoring.

The  board  reviewed  the  systems  of  internal  control  and
risk  management  in  November  2010  (including  the
group’s internal audit arrangements) and concluded that
these  remain  effective  and  sufficient  for  their  purpose.
The  board  did  not  identify,  nor  was  it  advised  of,  any
failings  or  weaknesses  which  it  determined  to  be
significant.    A  confirmation,  therefore,  in  respect  of  the
necessary  actions  to  be  taken  was  not  considered
appropriate.    This  review  has  been  reconfirmed  for  the
purpose of this annual report.

Internal audit and reporting

The group’s Indonesian operations have a fully staffed in-
house  internal  audit  function  supplemented  where
necessary  by  the  use  of  external  consultants.    The
function  issues  a  full  report  on  each  internal  audit  topic

and  a  summary  of  the  report  is  issued  to  the  audit
committee.  In addition, follow-up audits are undertaken to
ensure  that  the  necessary  remedial  action  has  been
taken.  In the opinion of the board, there is no need for an
internal audit function outside Indonesia due to the limited
nature of the non-Indonesian operations.

The  group  has  established  a  management  hierarchy
which is designed to delegate the day to day responsibility
for  specific  departmental  functions  within  each  working
location,  including  financial,  operational  and  compliance
controls  and  risk  management,  to  a  number  of  senior
managers, reporting through the local senior executive to
the managing director.

budgets 

and  management 

Management  reports  to  the  board  on  a  regular  basis  by
way  of  the  circulation  of  progress  reports,  management
reports, 
accounts.
Management is required to seek authority from the board
in respect of any transaction outside the normal course of
trading which is above an approved limit and in respect of
any matter that is likely to have a material impact on the
operations  that  the  transaction  concerns.    At  least  four
supervisory  visits  each  year  are  undertaken  to  the
overseas operations by the managing director and other
directors  make  periodic  visits  to  those  operations.
Reports  of  such  visits  are  circulated  to  the  board  and
reviewed by the board at the regular board meetings. 

Control and capital structure

regarding 

substantial 

Information 
shareholders,
significant interests in the securities of the company and
other  matters  pertaining  to  the  control  and  rights
attaching  to  the  company’s  capital  is  provided  under
“Substantial  shareholders”  and  “Control  and  structure  of
capital”  in  the  “Directors’  report”  section  of  this  annual
report.

Approved by the board on 20 April 2011
RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

69

Directors’ remuneration report

Introduction

Remuneration policy

This  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with

The committee sets the remuneration and benefits of the

Schedule  8  to  the  Accounting  Regulations  made

chairman  and  the  managing  director.    The  latter  is

pursuant  to  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”).  The

currently  the  only  executive  director  but  the  committee

report also meets the relevant requirements of the Listing

would  set  the  remuneration  and  benefits  of  any  other

Rules  of  the  Financial  Services  Authority  and  describes

executive director who might in future be appointed.

how  the  board  has  applied  the  principles  relating  to

directors’ remuneration set out in the Combined Code on

In  setting  remuneration  and  benefits,  the  committee

Corporate  Governance  issued  in  2008  by  the  Financial

considers the achievement of each individual in attaining

Reporting Council (the “Code”).  As required by the Act, a

the objectives set for that individual (including objectives

resolution  to  approve  the  report  will  be  proposed  at  the

relating  to  corporate  performance  on  environmental,

annual  general  meeting  at  which  the  accompanying

social  and  governance  matters  as  well  as  to  overall

financial  statements  are  laid  before  the  company’s

corporate performance), the responsibilities assumed by

members.

the  individual  and,  where  the  role  is  part  time,  the  time

commitment  involved.    The  committee  draws  on  data  of

The Act requires the auditors to report to the company’s

the remuneration of others performing similar functions in

members  on  certain  parts  of  this  report  and  to  state

similarly  sized  organisations  and  takes  account  of  the

whether  in  their  opinion  those  parts  of  the  report  have

remuneration of senior employees of the group who are

been  properly  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

not  directors  but  with  due  allowance  for  differences  in

Accounting  Regulations.  The  report  has  therefore  been

remuneration  applicable  to  different  geographical

divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited

locations.    The  committee  aims  to  set  performance

information.

Unaudited information

The remuneration committee

related remuneration on a basis that promotes the long-

term  success  of  the  company  whilst  at  the  same  time

encouraging  responsible  behaviour 

in  relation  to

environmental, social and governance matters. 

The  key  objective  of  the  remuneration  policy  (which

The company has established a remuneration committee

applies  for  2011  and  subsequent  years)  is  to  attract,

whose  members  comprise  Mr  D  J  Blackett  (chairman)

motivate,  retain  and  fairly  reward  individuals  of  a  high

and Mr D H R Killick.   

calibre,  while  ensuring  that  the  remuneration  of  each

individual  is  consistent  with  the  best  interests  of  the

The committee does not use independent consultants but

company  and  its  shareholders.  In  framing  its  policy  on

takes  into  account  the  views  of  the  chairman  and

performance related remuneration (which is payable only

managing  director.    Neither  the  chairman  nor  the

to  executive  directors)  the  committee  follows  the

managing  director  plays  a  part  in  any  discussion  of  his

provisions of schedule A to the Code.

own remuneration.

The  committee  considers  all  proposals  for  executive

directors to hold outside directorships. Such directorships

are normally permitted only if considered to be of value to

70

the group and on terms that any remuneration payable will

Remuneration of non-executive directors

be accounted for to the group.

Remuneration of executive directors

the chairman is determined by the board within the limits

The  remuneration  of  non-executive  directors  other  than

set by the articles of association, no director taking part in

The policy on remuneration of executive directors is that

the  determination  of  his  own  remuneration.  The  level  of

basic  remuneration  of  each  executive  director  should

remuneration is determined having regard to that paid by

comprise  an  annual  salary,  part  of  which  may  be

comparable  organisations  and  to  the  time  commitments

pensionable,  and  certain  benefits-in-kind,  principally  a

expected.  No non-executive director has any entitlement

company car.  In addition an executive director should be

to remuneration on a basis related to performance.

paid  non-pensionable  performance  related  bonuses.

These  are  to  be  awarded  annually  in  arrears  on  a

Service contracts

discretionary  basis  taking  into  account  the  performance

of the group during the relevant year and the contribution

The company’s current policy on service contracts is that

to  performance  that  a  director  is  assessed  by  the

contracts  should  have  a  notice  period  of  not  more  than

committee  to  have  made.    Bonuses  should  not  normally

one  year  and  a  maximum  termination  payment  not

exceed 50 per cent of salary and are paid in cash. There

exceeding  one  year’s  salary.    No  director  has  a  service

is  no  separate  pension  scheme  for  executive  directors

contract that is not fully compliant with this policy. 

and  the  only  current  executive  director  (the  managing

director)    has,  since  31  July  2009,  been  a  pensioner

The  group  entered  into  a  service  contract  with  Mr  J  C

member of the R.E.A. Pension Scheme.

Oakley on 16 December 1988 initially for a period of two

years,  thereafter  determinable  by  either  party  by  giving

Matters  particularly  taken  into  account  in  setting  Mr

notice to the other party of not less than six months.  In

Oakley’s basic salary for 2010 were the general level of

2010, Mr Oakley’s existing service contract was replaced

salary increases in the group in the UK and in Indonesia

with  a  dual  contract  arrangement  to  reflect  more

(where  a  substantial  part  of  Mr  Oakley’s  responsibilities

accurately  the  division  of  his  responsibilities  between

are discharged), confirmation that Mr Oakley’s salary was

different parts of the group.    Accordingly, Mr Oakley now

reasonable by comparison with the salaries of managing

has  two  service  agreements  whereby  his  working  time

directors of listed companies of a size similar to that of the

and  remuneration  are  shared  between  two  employing

group, and the additional workload assumed by Mr Oakley

companies  within  the  group.    The  terms  of  the

in  relation  to  the  group’s  new  coal  activities  (but  with  a

replacement  contracts  are  substantially  the  same  (in

recognition  that  a  further  increase  in  Mr  Oakley’s  salary

combined  effect)  as  the  terms  of  Mr  Oakley’s  previous

might  be  appropriate  if  the  coal  activities  developed  as

contract, save that, in line with benefit arrangements for

hoped).  Achievements reflected in the bonus paid to Mr

all employees, Mr Oakley is now responsible for paying his

Oakley in 2010 (being in respect of 2009 performance)

own  subscriptions  to  the  company’s  private  health

included  the  overall  progress  of  the  group’s  profits,

scheme.    At  31  December  2010,  the  unexpired  term

progress  in  the  agricultural  operations  in  relation  to

under  each  contract  remained  as  six  months.  There  are

composting,  improved  handling  of  oil  palm  fresh  fruit

no provisions for compensation for early termination save

bunches  and  road  maintenance,  and  the  successful

that Mr Oakley would be entitled to a payment in lieu of

establishment  of  the  first  group  supported  co-operative

notice if due notice had not been given. 

smallholder scheme.

71

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Performance graph

on  the  dates  with  effect  from  which  the  plans  were

agreed after  adjustment for subsequent variations in the

A  performance  graph  is  shown  in  the  “Key  statistics”

share capital of the company in accordance with the rules

section  of  this  annual  report.  This  compares  the

of the plans.

performance of the company’s ordinary shares (measured

by total shareholder return) with that of the FTSE all share

Each  plan  provided  that  the  vesting  of  a  participants’

index  for  the  period  from  January  2006  to  December

potential  entitlements  to  notional  ordinary  shares  would

2010.  The  FTSE  all  share  index  has  been  selected  as

be  determined  by  key  performance  targets  with  each

there is no index available that is specific to the activities

performance target measured on a cumulative basis over

of the company.  

Long term incentive plans

the applicable performance period.  Under the first plan,

for which the performance period has now ended, there

were  three  key  performance  targets  with  each  target

governing  the  vesting  of  one  third  of  each  potential

A  first  long  term  incentive  plan  (the  “first  plan”)  was

entitlement.  The three targets related to total shareholder

established  in  2007  and  a  second  similar  plan  (the

return,  cost  per  tonne  of  crude  palm  oil  produced  and

“second  plan”)  was  put  in  place  in  2009.    The  first  and

annual planting rate achieved.   Under the second plan, for

second  plans  (together  the  “plans”)  were  designed  to

which the performance period is continuing, there are two

provide incentives, linked to the market price performance

key performance targets with each target governing the

of ordinary shares in the company, to a small number of

vesting of one half of each potential entitlement.  The two

key  senior  executives  in  Indonesia  with  a  view  to  their

targets  relate  to  total  shareholder  return  and  cost  per

participating  over  the  long  term  in  value  created  for  the

tonne  of  crude  palm  oil  produced.    Under  the  first  plan

group.  No director was eligible to participate under either

there  were,  and  under  the  second  plan  there  are,

plan.    The  first  plan  period  commenced  on  1  January

threshold,  target  and  maximum  levels  of  performance

2007 and ended on 31 December 2010 and the second

determining  the  extent  of  vesting  in  relation  to  each

plan period commenced on 1 January 2009 and will end

performance  target.    Targets  were  or  are  subject  to

on 31 December 2012 (the “performance periods”).  

adjustment  at  the  discretion  of  the  remuneration

committee  where,  in  the  committee’s  opinion,  warranted

Under  the  plans,  participants  were  awarded  potential

by actual performance.

entitlements  over  notional  ordinary  shares  of  the

company.  These potential entitlements then vested or will

The vesting of potential entitlements and the exercise of

vest to an extent that is dependent upon the achievement

vested  entitlements  is  dependent  upon  continued

of  targets.    Vested  entitlements  may  be  exercised  in

employment with the group.  If a participant under a plan

whole or part at any time within the six years following the

ceases employment with the group before the end of the

date  upon  which  they  vest.    On  exercising  a  vested

performance  period  applicable  to  that  plan,  his  potential

entitlement,  a  participant  will  receive  a  cash  amount  for

entitlement will lapse unless he leaves by reason of death,

each  ordinary  share  over  which  the  entitlement  is

injury,  disability,  redundancy  or  retirement  or  the

exercised, equal to the excess (if any) of the market price

remuneration committee exercises a discretion to decide

of an ordinary share on the date of exercise over 423.93p

that his potential entitlement should not lapse.  Where the

in the case of the first plan and 229.83p in case of the

potential entitlement does not lapse, it will vest on a basis

second plan, being the market prices of an ordinary share

that  reflects  achievement  of  performance  targets  up  to

72

the end of the financial year last ended before the date

Audited information

(the “cessation date”) that the affected participant ceases

employment  with  the  group  (as  determined  by  the

Directors’ remuneration

remuneration  committee)  and  time  apportioned  for  the

elapsed portion of the applicable performance period up

The following table shows details of the remuneration of

to the cessation date expressed as a fraction of the full

individual  directors  holding  office  during  the  year  ended

applicable  performance  period.    The  resultant  vested

31 December 2010 (with comparative totals for 2009):

entitlement  will  be  exercisable  for  a  period  of  twelve

months  from  the  cessation  date.    If  a  participant  leaves

after  the  end  of  the  applicable  performance  period,  the

participant  may  exercise  a  vested  entitlement  within  six

months of leaving.

In the event of a change in control of the company as a

result  of  a  takeover  offer  or  similar  corporate  event,

potential  entitlements  will  vest  on  a  basis  that  reflects

achievement of performance targets up to the date (the

“applicable  date”)  of  change  of  control  or  other  relevant

event  (as  determined  by  the  remuneration  committee)

and  time  apportioned  for  the  elapsed  portion  of  the

applicable performance period up to the applicable date

R M Robinow (chairman)

J C Oakley

D J Blackett

J M Green-Armytage

J R M Keatley

D H R Killick

L E C Letts

C L Lim

Salary

and fees Other*

2010
Total

£’000 £’000 £’000

180

280

3

139

183

419

2009
Total

£’000

172

288

22

20

20

22

20

20

-

-

-

-

-

-

22

20

20

22

20

20

17

17

17

17

17

17

584

142

726

562

*  comprises benefits and, in the case of Mr Oakley a bonus of £65,000, and
payments  in  lieu  of  pension  contributions  of  £55,000  (see  “Director’s
pension arrangements – Mr J C Oakley” below) .

expressed as a fraction of the full applicable performance

The  total  amount  paid  to  Mr  Oakley  in  respect  of  2009

period.    Vested  entitlements  will  be  exercisable  for  a

was  £71,000  less  than  the  amount  to  which  he  would

period of one month following the applicable date.

normally have been entitled.  It also reflected payments in

lieu  of  pension  only  for  the  period  1  August  to  31

At 31 December 2010, entitlements to a total of 35,218

December 2009 (see “Director’s pension arrangements –

notional  ordinary  shares  had  vested  under  the  first  plan

Mr  J  C  Oakley”  below).    The  reduction  of  £71,000

and awards of potential entitlements over a maximum of

reflected an agreement with Mr Oakley that a benefit in

40,292  notional  ordinary  shares  had  been  made  and

kind  that  he  received  in  2006  relating  to  a  tax  liability

remained  outstanding  under  the  second  plan.    On  the

arising  on  a  gain  on  exercise  of  share  options  should

basis  of  the  market  price  of  the  ordinary  shares  on  31

effectively  be  refunded  by  commensurate  reductions  in

December  2010  of  781p  per  share,  the  total  gain  to

the subsequent remuneration to which Mr Oakley would

participants  in  respect  of  their  vested  and  potential

otherwise  become  entitled  from  1  January  2008.    The

entitlements  would,  if  the  latter  had  vested  in  full,  have

£71,000,  with  a  reduction  of  £92,000  in  2008  and  an

been £348,000.

agreed further reduction of £15,000 in 2011 will together

fully offset the applicable benefit in kind.

Fees paid to Mr Blackett and Mr Killick in respect of 2010

included, in each case, additional remuneration of £2,500

in respect of their membership of the audit committee.

73

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Fees payable in respect of Mr Green-Armytage, Mr Letts

the  year  did  not  reflect  any  component  relating  to

and  Mr  Lim  were  paid  to  companies  in  which  such

inflation.

directors were interested. 

Share options - Mr J C Oakley

Pursuant  to  an  option  agreement  of  22  May  2002,  Mr

Oakley was granted an option to subscribe new ordinary

shares of 25p each at a price of 45p per share payable in

cash. There were no performance conditions attached to

the grant of this option as the directors did not consider,

in  the  particular  circumstances  in  which  the  option  was

granted,  that  it  would  be  appropriate  to  impose  any

conditions  and  the  option  was  based  on  the  full  market

value of the ordinary shares at the date of the grant.  The

grant  of  the  option  to  Mr  Oakley  on  this  basis  was

approved  by  special  resolution  of  the  company  prior  to

execution of the option agreement.

The number of shares the subject of the option and the

option subscription price were subsequently amended in

accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  option  agreement  to

take account of share issues after the option was granted.

As  a  result,  at  the  end  of  2009  the  number  of  ordinary

shares  the  subject  of  the  option  was  840,689  and  the

exercise price was 43.753p per share.  

On  1  February  2010,  Mr  Oakley  exercised  his  option

(which was due to expire on 21 May 2012) in its entirety.

The  market  price  of  the  ordinary  shares  on  the  date  of

exercise  was  405p  and  the  gain  on  exercise  was

£3,036,963.

Approved by the board on 20 April 2011
RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

Director’s pension arrangements - Mr J C Oakley

Mr Oakley (who was aged 62 at 31 December 2010) was

until  31  July  2009  an  ordinary  member  of  the  R.E.A.

Pension  Scheme.    That  Scheme  is  a  defined  benefit

scheme  of  which  details  are  shown  in  note  38  to  the

consolidated financial statements.  Mr Oakley elected to

become a pensioner member of the scheme on 31 July

2009.    In  recognition  of  Mr  Oakley’s  withdrawal  from

ordinary  membership  of  the  scheme  ahead  of  attaining

the  age  of  65,  the  company  is  paying  Mr  Oakley  an

amount  in  lieu  of  the  pension  contributions  that  the

company  would  otherwise  have  paid  to  the  pension

scheme.    The  amount  in  lieu  payable  in  2010  was

£54,000 (2009: £22,000).  

Director’s pension entitlement - Mr J C Oakley

Details of Mr Oakley’s annual pension entitlement and of

the transfer value of that entitlement are set out below. 

Pension:

Accrued at beginning of year before commutation

Effect of commutation

In payment at beginning of year after commutation

Increase during the year

In payment at end of year

Transfer value:

At beginning of year before commutation

Effect of commutation

At beginning of year after commutation

Contributions made by the director during the year

Increase during the year

At end of year

£

92,525

(22,925)

69,600

–

69,600

£

1,933,814

(520,123)

1,413,691

–

2,304

1,415,995

No  part  of  the  increase  in  transfer  value  during  2010

related  to  inflation  and  the  nil  change  in  pension  during

74

Directors’ responsibilities

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  annual

report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with

applicable law and regulations.

UK  company  law  requires  the  directors  to  prepare

financial statements for each financial year.  The directors

are required to prepare the group financial statements in

accordance  with 

International  Financial  Reporting

Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union

and  Article  4  of  the  European  Commission  Regulation

1606/2002  and  have  elected  to  prepare  the  parent

company  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  UK

Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice  including  UK

Accounting  Standards  and  applicable  law.    Under  UK

company law, the directors must not approve the financial

statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true

and fair view of the state of affairs of the company and of

the profit or loss of the company at the date and for the

period to which they relate.  

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the

directors are required to:

•

select  suitable  accounting  policies  and  then  apply

them consistently;

•

•

present information, including accounting policies, in

a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable

and understandable information; 

provide additional disclosures when compliance with

the specific requirements in IFRS are insufficient to

enable  users  to  understand  the  impact  of  particular

transactions,  other  events  and  conditions  on  the

entity's  financial  position  and  financial  performance;

and

• make  an  assessment  of  the  company's  ability  to

continue as a going concern.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate

accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain

the company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable

accuracy at any time the financial position of the company

and enable them to ensure that the financial statements

comply  with  the  Companies  Act  2006.    They  are  also

responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company

and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention

and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The  directors  are  also  responsible  for  the  maintenance

and  integrity  of  the  corporate  and  financial  information

• make  judgments  and  accounting  estimates  that  are

included on the company’s website.  Legislation in the UK

governing the preparation and dissemination of financial

statements  may  differ 

from 

legislation 

in  other

jurisdictions.

reasonable and prudent;

•

state  whether  applicable  UK  Accounting  Standards

have  been  followed,  subject  to  any  material

departures  disclosed  and  explained  in  the  financial

statements; and 

•

prepare  the  financial  statements  on  the  going

concern  basis  unless  it  is  inappropriate  to  presume

that the company will continue in business.

In preparing the group financial statements, International

Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

•

properly select and apply accounting policies;

75

Directors’ confirmation

To the best of the knowledge of each of the directors:

•

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with

the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true

and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position

and  profit  or 

loss  of  the  company  and  the

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a

whole; and

•

the  “Directors'  report”  section  of  this  annual  report

including the “Chairman’s statement” and “Review of

the  group”  sections  of  this  annual  report  which  the

Directors' report incorporates by reference provides a

fair  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of

the business and the position of the company and the

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a

whole  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal

risks and uncertainties that they face.

The current directors of the company and their respective

functions  are  set  out  in  the  “Directors”  section  of  this

annual report.

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED

Secretary

20 April 2011

76

Auditors’ report (group)

Independent  auditors’  report  to  the  members  of 
R.E.A. Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An  audit  involves  obtaining  evidence  about  the  amounts

We have audited the group financial statements of R.E.A.

and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give

Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2010

reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free

which  comprise  the  consolidated  income  statement,  the

from  material  misstatement,  whether  caused  by  fraud  or

consolidated  balance  sheet,  the  consolidated  statement

error.    This  includes  an  assessment  of:  whether  the

of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of

accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  group’s

changes in equity, the consolidated cash flow statement,

circumstances  and  have  been  consistently  applied  and

the  accounting  policies  and  the  related  notes  1  to  43.

adequately  disclosed;  the  reasonableness  of  significant

The financial reporting framework that has been applied

accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall

in  their  preparation  is  applicable  law  and  International

presentation of the financial statements.

Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the

European Union.

Opinion on financial statements

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

In our opinion the group financial statements:

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

members those matters we are required to state to them

in  an  auditor’s  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’

responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

preparation of the group financial statements and for being

satisfied  that  they  give  a  true  and  fair  view.    Our

responsibility  is  to  audit  and  express  an  opinion  on  the

group  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable

law  and  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK  and

Ireland).    Those  standards  require  us  to  comply  with  the

Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s

affairs as at 31 December 2010 and of its profit for the

year then ended;

have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs

as adopted by the European Union; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with 

the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article

4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies
Act 2006

In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ report

for the financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared is consistent with the group financial statements.

77

Auditors’ report (group) continued

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report

to you if, in our opinion:

•

•

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified

by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•

•

the directors’ statement contained within the Directors’

confirmation in relation to going concern;

the  part  of  the  Corporate  governance  statement

relating  to  the  company’s  compliance  with  the  nine

provisions  of  the  UK Corporate  Governance  Code

specified for our review; and

•

certain elements of the report to shareholders by the

Board on directors’ remuneration.

Other matter

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  parent  company

financial  statements  of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year

ended 31 December 2010 and on the information in the

Directors’ remuneration report that is described as having

been audited.

Mark McIlquham ACA (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

London, England

20 April 2011

78

Consolidated income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Revenue
Net gain arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Net gain arising from changes in fair value of biological assets
Other operating income
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Operating profit
Investment revenues
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Earnings per 25p ordinary share
Basic
Diluted

All operations for both years are continuing

Note

2010
$’000

2009
$’000

2
4

13
2

5

2, 7
8

5
9

10
35

11

114,039
455
(48,581)

65,913
1,588
449
(1,455)
(10,228)

56,267
1,894
(7,714)

50,447
(15,474)

78,885
1,556
(33,951)

46,490
9,765
–
(1,303)
(7,234)

47,718
827
(6,828)

41,717
(11,861)

34,973

29,856

32,325
2,360
288

34,973

27,119
2,219
518

29,856

97.0 cents
96.8 cents

83.3 cents
81.4 cents

79

Consolidated balance sheet

as at 31 December 2010

Note

12
13
14
15
16
27

18
19
20

30

28
22
29

22
23
24
25
26
27
29

31
32
33
34

35

2010
$’000

12,578
221,883
85,488
17,277
18,864
5,743
1,417

2009
$’000

12,578
204,087
72,258
14,117
12,859
5,037
1,276

363,250

322,212

14,006
28,662
36,710

79,378

13,376
14,340
22,050

49,766

442,628

371,978

(12,833)
(8,973)
–
(7,850)
(604)

(30,260)

(12,625)
(55,244)
(43,269)
(1,500)
(17,726)
(41,010)
(5,474)

(13,169)
(9,016)
(64)
(1,500)
(412)

(24,161)

(8,719)
(56,965)
(29,677)
–
(13,609)
(39,478)
(4,701)

(176,848)

(153,149)

(207,108)

(177,310)

235,520

194,668

60,548
24,901
(18,197)
166,228

233,480
2,040

235,520

43,188
27,297
(13,630)
136,499

193,354
1,314

194,668

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Biological assets
Property, plant and equipment
Prepaid operating lease rentals
Indonesian coal interests
Deferred tax assets
Non-current receivables

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Obligations under finance leases
Bank loans
Other loans and payables

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Sterling notes
US dollar notes
Preference shares issued by a subsidiary
Hedging instruments
Deferred tax liabilities
Other loans and payables

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Translation reserve
Retained earnings

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Approved by the board on 20 April 2011 and signed on behalf of the board.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

80

Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income
Share based payment - deferred tax credit

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
Ordinary shareholders
Preference shareholders
Non-controlling interests

Notes

2010
$’000
34,973

2009
$’000
29,856

9
9

3,644
(3,492)
(4,676)
–

(4,524)

(6,615)
12,981
(3,567)
743

3,542

30,449

33,398

27,758
2,360
331

30,449

30,620
2,219
559

33,398

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2010

At 1 January 2009
Total comprehensive income
Issue of new preference shares
Dividends to preference shareholders
Dividends to ordinary shareholders
Changes in non-controlling interests

Share
capital
(note 31)
$’000

40,714
–
2,474
–
–
–

43,188
At 31 December 2009
–
Total comprehensive income
Issue of new ordinary shares
329
Issue of new preference shares (cash) 14,389
2,642
Issue of new preference shares (scrip)
–
Dividends to preference shareholders
–
Dividends to ordinary shareholders
–
Changes in non-controlling interests

Share Translation
reserve
(note 33)
$’000

premium
(note 32)
$’000

Retained
earnings
(note 34)
$’000

Sub total

$’000

Non-
controlling
interests
(note 35)
$’000

27,322
–
(25)
–
–
–

27,297
–
246
–
(2,642)
–
–
–

(16,388) 110,383
30,081
–
(2,219)
(1,746)
–

2,758
–
–
–
–

(13,630) 136,499
34,685
–
–
–
(2,360)
(2,596)
–

(4,567)
–
–
–
–
–
–

162,031
32,839
2,449
(2,219)
(1,746)
–

193,354
30,118
575
14,389
–
(2,360)
(2,596)
–

580
559
–
–
–
175

1,314
331
–
–
–
–
–
395

Total
equity

$’000

162,611
33,398
2,449
(2,219)
(1,746)
175

194,668
30,449
575
14,389
–
(2,360)
(2,596)
395

At 31 December 2010

60,548

24,901

(18,197) 166,228

233,480

2,040

235,520

81

Consolidated cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Net cash from operating activities

36

21,292

29,644

Note

2010
$’000

2009
$’000

1,894

158

(18,504)

(15,824)

(3,505)

395

(6,005)

827

–

(10,382)

(16,626)

(1,303)

175

(7,473)

(41,391)

(34,782)

(2,360)

(2,597)

(1,500)

(64)

575

14,389

1,500

13,071

(180)

11,743

34,577

(2,219)

(1,746)

(13,817)

(54)

–

2,449

–

–

–

11,119

(4,268)

37

20

14,478

22,050

182

36,710

(9,406)

30,316

1,140 

22,050

Investing activities

Interest received

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Expenditure on biological assets

Expenditure on prepaid operating lease rentals

Changes in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

Investment in Indonesian coal interests

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Preference dividends paid

Ordinary dividends paid

Repayment of borrowings

Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Proceeds of issue of ordinary shares

Proceeds of issue of preference shares

Proceeds of issue of preference shares by a subsidiary

Issue of dollar notes, net of expenses

Sterling note reconstruction expenses 

New bank borrowings drawn

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effect of exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

82

Accounting policies (group)

General information

R.E.A. Holdings plc is a company incorporated in the United
Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006 with registration
number 00671099.  The company’s registered office is at
First Floor, 32-36 Great Portland Street, London W1X 8QX.
Details of the group's principal activities are provided in the
“Directors’ report”.

Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements set out on pages 79
to  113  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  International
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as endorsed for use
by  the  EU  as  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  financial
statements  and  therefore  comply  with  Article  4  of  the  EU
IAS Regulation.      The  statements  are  prepared  under  the
historical cost convention except where otherwise stated in
the accounting policies.

For  the  reasons  given  under  “Going  concern  basis” in  the
“Directors’  report”,  the  financial  statements  have  been
prepared on the going concern basis.

Functional and presentational currency

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  group  are
presented  in  US  dollars,  which  is  considered  to  be  the
currency of the primary economic environment in which the
group  operates.  References  to  “$”  or  “dollar”  in  these
financial statements are to the lawful currency of the United
States of America.

Adoption of new and revised standards

Interpretations  issued  by  the  International  Financial
Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”) and brought
into effect for the latest reporting period have not led to any
changes in the group’s accounting policies.

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements,
the following standards and interpretations which have not
been applied in these financial statements were in issue but
not  yet  effective  (and  in  some  cases  had  not  yet  been
adopted by the EU):

•

•

IFRS 9: “Financial instruments”

IAS 24 (amended): “Related party disclosures”

•

•

•

IAS 32 (amended): “Classification of rights issues”

IFRIC 19: “Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity

instruments”

IFRIC  14  (amended):  “Prepayments  of  a  minimum

funding requirement”

Improvements to IFRSs (May 2010)

The adoption of IFRS 9 which the group plans to adopt for
the year beginning on 1 January 2013 will impact both the
measurement and disclosures of financial instruments. 

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the other
standards  listed  above  will  have  a  material  impact  on  the
financial statements of the group in future periods. 

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements consolidate those of
the company and its subsidiary companies (as listed in note
(i)  to  the  company’s  individual  financial  statements)  made
up to 31 December of each year.

The  acquisition  method  of  accounting  is  adopted  with
assets  and  liabilities  valued  at  fair  values  at  the  date  of
acquisition.  The  interest  of  non-controlling  shareholders  is
stated at the non-controlling shareholders’ proportion of the
fair  values  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  recognised.    Any
subsequent  losses  attributable  to  the  non-controlling
shareholders  in  excess  of  the  non-controlling  interest  are
allocated  against  the  interest  of  the  parent.  Results  of
subsidiaries  acquired  or  disposed  of  are  included  in  the
consolidated  income  statement  from  the  effective  date  of
acquisition  or  to  the  effective  date  of  disposal.  Where
necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies
into line with those used by the group.

On  acquisition,  any  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the
consideration  given  over  the  fair  value  of  identifiable  net
assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. Any deficiency in
consideration given against the fair value of the identifiable
net  assets  acquired  is  credited  to  profit  or  loss  in  the
consolidated income statement in the period of acquisition.

intra-group 

All 
expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

transactions,  balances, 

income  and

83

Accounting policies (group) continued

Goodwill

Leasing

Goodwill is recognised as an asset on the basis described
under “Basis of consolidation” above and once recognised
is tested for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is
debited  immediately  as  a  loss  in  the  consolidated  income
statement and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of
a  subsidiary,  the  attributable  amount  of  any  goodwill  is
included  in  the  determination  of  the  profit  or  loss  on
disposal.  

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated
to  each  of  the  group's  cash  generating  units  expected  to
benefit  from  the  synergies  of  the  combination.    Cash
generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are
tested  for  impairment  annually,  or  more  frequently  when
there is an indication that the unit may be impaired.

Goodwill arising between 1 January 1998 and the date of
transition to IFRS is retained at the previous UK Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Practice  amount  subject  to  testing
for impairment at that date. Goodwill written off to reserves
prior to 1 January 1998, in accordance with the accounting
standards then in force, has not been reinstated and is not
included  in  determining  any  subsequent  profit  or  loss  on
disposal.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration
received  or  receivable  in  respect  of  goods  and  services
provided in the normal course of business, net of VAT and
other  sales  related  taxes.  Sales  of  goods  are  recognised
when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the
goods are transferred to the buyer and include contracted
sales in respect of which the contracted goods are available
for collection by the buyer in the accounting period.  Income
from services is accrued on a time basis by reference to the
rate of fee agreed with the buyer.

Interest income is accrued on a time basis by reference to
the  principal  outstanding  and  at  the  effective  interest  rate
applicable  (which  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts
estimated future cash receipts, through the expected life of
the  financial  asset,  to  that  asset’s  net  carrying  amount).
Dividend  income  is  recognised  when  the  shareholders’
rights to receive payment have been established.

Assets  held  under  finance  leases  and  other  similar
contracts are recognised as assets of the group at their fair
values or, if lower, at the present values of minimum lease
payments  (for  each  asset,  determined  at  the  inception  of
the lease) and are depreciated over the shorter of the lease
terms and their useful lives. The corresponding liabilities are
included in the balance sheet as finance lease obligations.
Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges
and  a  reduction  in  the  lease  obligation  to  produce  a
constant  rate  of  interest  on  the  balance  of  the  capital
repayments  outstanding.  Hire  purchase  transactions  are
dealt with similarly, except that assets are depreciated over
their  useful  lives.  Finance  and  hire  purchase  charges  are
charged directly against income.

Rental  payments  under  operating  leases  are  charged  to
income on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant
lease.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates
of exchange ruling at the dates of the transactions. At each
balance  sheet  date,  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rates of exchange
prevailing at that date except that non-monetary items that
are  measured  in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  a  foreign
currency are not retranslated. Exchange differences arising
on  the  settlement  of  monetary  items,  and  on  the
retranslation of other items that are subject to retranslation,
are included in the net profit or loss for the period, except
for  exchange  differences  arising  on  non-monetary  assets
and liabilities, including foreign currency loans, which, to the
extent that they relate to investment in overseas operations
or  hedge  the  group’s  investment  in  such  operations,  are
recognised directly in equity.

For consolidation purposes, the assets and liabilities of any
group  entity  with  a  functional  currency  other  than  the  US
dollar  are  translated  at  the  exchange  rate  at  the  balance
sheet  date.  Income  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the
average rate for the period unless exchange rates fluctuate
significantly. Exchange differences arising are classified as
equity  and  transferred  to  the  group’s  translation  reserve.
Such  exchange  differences  are  recognised  as  income  or
expenses in the period in which the entity is sold.

84

Goodwill  and  fair  value  adjustments  arising  on  the
acquisition of an entity with a functional currency other than
the  US  dollar  are  treated  as  assets  and  liabilities  of  that
entity and are translated at the closing rate of exchange.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing  costs  incurred  in  financing  construction  or
installation  of  qualifying  property,  plant  or  equipment  are
added to the cost of the qualifying asset, until such time as
the construction or installation is substantially complete and
the  asset  is  ready  for  its  intended  use.  Borrowing  costs
incurred  in  financing  the  planting  of  extensions  to  the
developed  agricultural  area  are  treated  as  expenditure
relating  to  biological  assets  until  such  extensions  reach
maturity.  All  other  borrowing  costs  are  recognised  in  the
consolidated income statement of the period in which they
are incurred.

Operating profit

Operating profit is stated after any gain or loss arising from
changes  in  the  fair  value  of  biological  assets  (net  of
expenditure  relating  to  those  assets  up  to  the  point  of
maturity) but before investment income and finance costs.

Pensions and other post employment benefits

United Kingdom

Certain existing and former UK employees of the group are
members  of  a  defined  benefit  scheme.    The  estimated
regular cost of providing for benefits under this scheme is
calculated  so  that  it  represents  a  substantially  level
percentage of current and future pensionable payroll and is
charged as an expense as it is incurred.

Amounts  payable  to  recover  actuarial  losses,  which  are
assessed  at  each  actuarial  valuation,  are  payable  over  a
recovery period agreed with the scheme trustees. Provision
is made for the present value of future amounts payable by
the group to cover its share of such losses. The provision is
reassessed at each accounting date, with the difference on
reassessment  being  charged  or  credited 
the
consolidated income statement in addition to the adjusted
regular cost for the period.

to 

Indonesia

In accordance with local labour law, the group's employees
in  Indonesia  are  entitled  to  lump  sum  payments  on
retirement. These obligations are unfunded and provision is
made  annually  on  the  basis  of  a  periodic  assessment  by
independent  actuaries.  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  are  not
recognised  at  the  balance  sheet  date  to  the  extent
permitted  by  paragraphs  92  and  93  of  IAS19  “Employee
benefits”.  Any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  provision,
including adjusted actuarial gains and losses, is recognised
in  the  consolidated  statement  of  income,  net  of  amounts
added to biological assets.

Taxation

The  tax  expense  represents  the  sum  of  tax  currently
payable and deferred tax. Tax currently payable represents
amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) based on the
taxable  profit  for  the  period  using  the  tax  rates  and  laws
that  have  been  enacted  or  substantially  enacted  at  the
balance  sheet  date.  Deferred  tax  is  calculated  on  the
balance sheet liability method on a non-discounted basis on
differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and
liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding
fiscal  balances  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  profits
(temporary  differences).  Deferred  tax 
liabilities  are
generally  recognised  for  all  taxable  temporary  differences
and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it
is  probable  that  taxable  profits  will  be  available  against
which  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be  utilised.  A
deferred tax asset or liability is not recognised in respect of
a temporary difference that arises from goodwill or from the
initial  recognition  of  other  assets  or  liabilities  in  a
transaction which affects neither the profit for tax purposes
nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected
to  apply  in  the  periods  when  deferred  tax  liabilities  are
settled or deferred tax assets are realised. Deferred tax is
charged or credited in the consolidated income statement,
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly
to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in
equity.

85

Accounting policies (group) continued

Biological assets

Biological assets comprise oil palm trees and nurseries, in
the former case from initial preparation of land and planting
of  seedlings  through  to  the  end  of  productive  life  of  the
trees and in the latter case from planting of seed through to
field  transplanting  of  seedlings.  Biological  assets  do  not
include  the  land  upon  which  the  trees  and  nurseries  are
planted,  or  the  buildings,  equipment,  infrastructure  and
other facilities used in the upkeep of the planted areas and
harvesting  of  crops.  Up  to  31  December  2006  biological
assets  included  plantation  infrastructure,  which  includes
such assets as roads, bridges and culverts.  With effect from
1  January  2007  new  expenditure  on  these  assets  is
included in property, plant and equipment. 

The  biological  process  commences  with  the  initial
preparation  of  land  and  planting  of  seedlings  and  ceases
with the delivery of crop in the form of fresh fruit bunches
(“FFB”) to the manufacturing process in which crude palm
oil and palm kernel are extracted from the FFB.

Biological assets are revalued at each accounting date on a
discounted  cash  flow  basis  by  reference  to  the  FFB
expected to be harvested over the full remaining productive
life  of  the  trees,  applying  an  estimated  produce  value  for
transfer  to  the  manufacturing  process  and  allowing  for
upkeep,  harvesting  costs  and  an  appropriate  allocation  of
overheads. The estimated produce value is derived from a
long term average of historic crude palm oil prices buffered
so  that  the  implied  movement  in  unit  profit  margin  in  any
year  does  not  exceed  5  per  cent,  and  further,  so  as  to
restrict  any  implied  change  in  unit  profit  margin  in
contradiction of the trend in current margins. Assets which
are not yet mature at the accounting date, and hence are
not  producing  FFB,  are  valued  on  a  similar  basis  but  with
the  discounted  value  of  the  estimated  cost  to  complete
planting  and  to  maintain  the  assets  to  maturity  being
deducted from the discounted FFB value.

All  expenditure  on  the  biological  assets  up  to  maturity,
including interest, is treated as an addition to the biological
assets.  Expenditure  to  maturity  includes  an  allocation  of
overheads  to  the  point  that  trees  are  brought  into
productive  cropping.  Such  overheads  include  general
charges  and  the  costs  of  the  Indonesian  head  office
(including  in  both  cases  personnel  costs  and  local  fees)
together with costs (including depreciation) arising from the

86

use  of  agricultural  buildings,  plantation  infrastructure  and
vehicles.

The  variation  in  the  value  of  the  biological  assets  in  each
accounting  period,  after  allowing  for  additions  to  the
biological  assets  in  the  period,  is  charged  or  credited  to
profit  or  loss  as  appropriate,  with  no  depreciation  being
provided on such assets.

Property, plant and equipment

All  property,  plant  and  equipment  (including,  with  effect
from 1 January 2007, additions to plantation infrastructure)
is carried at original cost less any accumulated depreciation
and  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  Depreciation  is
computed using the straight line method so as to write off
the  cost  of  assets,  other  than  property  and  plant  under
construction,  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets
as follows: buildings - 20 years; plant and machinery - 5 to
16 years.

Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over their
expected useful lives on the same basis as owned assets or,
where  shorter,  over  the  terms  of  the  relevant  leases.  The
gain  or  loss  on  the  disposal  or  retirement  of  an  asset  is
determined as the difference between the sales proceeds,
less costs of disposal, and the carrying amount of the asset
and is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Prepaid operating lease rentals

Payments to acquire leasehold interests in land are treated
as prepaid operating lease rentals and amortised over the
periods of the leases.  

Impairment  of  tangible  and 
excluding goodwill

intangible  assets

At each balance sheet date, the group reviews the carrying
amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine
whether there is any indication that any asset has suffered
an  impairment  loss.  If  any  such  indication  exists,  the
recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  estimated  in  order  to
determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where
the  asset  does  not  generate  cash  flows  that  are
independent  from  other  assets,  the  group  estimates  the
recoverable  amount  of  the  cash-generating  unit  to  which
the  asset  belongs.  An  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite

useful life is tested for impairment annually and whenever
there is an indication that the asset may be impaired.

Recognition  and  derecognition  of 
instruments

financial

The  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  (or  cash-generating
unit) is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in
use. In assessing value in use, estimated future cash flows
are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax
discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market  assessments  of
the  time  value  of  money  and  those  risks  specific  to  the
asset (or cash-generating unit) for which the estimates of
future cash flows have not been adjusted. If the recoverable
amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to
be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the
asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable
amount.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  as  an  expense
immediately,  unless  the  relevant  asset  is  carried  at  a
revalued  amount,  in  which  case  the  impairment  loss  is
treated as a revaluation decrease.

Where,  with  respect  to  assets  other  than  goodwill,  an
impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount
of  the  asset  (or  cash-generating  unit)  is  increased  to  the
revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the
increased  carrying  amount  does  not  exceed  the  carrying
amount  that  would  have  been  determined  had  no
impairment  loss  been  recognised  for  the  asset  (or  cash-
generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment
loss  is  recognised  as  income  immediately,  unless  the
relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case
the  reversal  of  the  impairment  loss  is  treated  as  a
revaluation increase.

Inventories

Inventories  of  agricultural  produce  harvested  from  the
biological assets are stated at the fair value at the point of
harvest  of  the  FFB  from  which  the  produce  derives  plus
costs  incurred  in  the  processing  of  such  FFB  (including
direct labour costs and overheads that have been incurred
in  bringing  such  inventories  to  their  present  location  and
condition) or at net realisable value if lower. Inventories of
engineering and other items are valued at the lower of cost,
on  the  weighted  average  method,  or  net  realisable  value.
For  these  purposes,  net  realisable  value  represents  the
estimated  selling  price  (having  regard  to  any  outstanding
contracts  for  forward  sales  of  produce)  less  all  estimated
costs of processing and costs incurred in marketing, selling
and distribution.

the 

Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the group’s
financial statements when the group becomes a party to the
contractual  provisions  of 
relative  constituent
instruments.  Financial  assets  are  derecognised  only  when
the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  assets
expire or if the group transfers substantially all the risks and
rewards  of  ownership  to  another  party.  Financial  liabilities
are  derecognised  when  the  group’s  obligations  are
discharged, cancelled or have expired. 

Non-derivative financial assets

The group’s non-derivative financial assets comprise loans
and  receivables  (including  Indonesian  coal  interests),  and
cash  and  cash  equivalents.  The  group  does  not  hold  any
financial  assets  designated  as  held  at  ‘fair  value  through
profit  and  loss’  (“FVTPL”),  or  as  ‘held-to-maturity’  or
‘available-for-sale’ financial assets.

Loans and receivables

Trade receivables, loans and other receivables in respect of
which  payments  are  fixed  or  determinable  and  which  are
not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and
receivables. Indonesian coal interests are also classified as
loans  and  receivables.  Indonesian  coal  interests  are
measured at amortised cost.  All other loans and receivables
held by the group are non interest bearing and are stated at
their nominal amount.

All  loans  and  receivables  are  reduced  by  appropriate
allowances for irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  comprise  cash  on  hand  and
demand  deposits  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid
investments that are readily convertible to a known amount
of  cash  and,  being  subject  to  an  insignificant  risk  of
changes in value, are stated at their nominal amounts.

Non-derivative financial liabilities

The  group’s  non-derivative  financial  liabilities  comprise
redeemable  instruments,  bank  borrowings,  finance  leases

87

Accounting policies (group) continued

and trade payables. The group does not hold any financial
liabilities classified as held for trading or designated as held
at FVTPL.

Note issues, bank borrowings and finance leases

A  derivative  is  presented  as  a  non-current  asset  or  non-
current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is
more than 12 months and the derivative is not expected to
be  realised  or  settled  within  12  months.  Other  derivatives
are presented as current assets or liabilities.

Redeemable  instruments  (comprising  note  issues  and
redeemable  preference  shares  of  a  subsidiary  of  the
company),  bank  borrowings  and  finance  leases  are
classified in accordance with the substance of the relative
contractual  arrangements.  Finance  costs  are  charged  to
income  on  an  accruals  basis,  using  the  effective  interest
method,  and  comprise,  with  respect  to  redeemable
instruments,  the  coupon  payable  together  with  the
amortisation  of  issuance  costs  (which  include  any
premiums  payable  or  expected  by  the  directors  to  be
payable on settlement or redemption) and, with respect to
bank borrowings and finance leases, the contractual rate of
interest together with the amortisation of costs associated
with the negotiation of, and compliance with, the contractual
terms  and  conditions.    Redeemable  instruments  are
recorded  in  the  accounts  at  their  expected  redemption
value net of the relative unamortised balances of issuance
costs.  Bank borrowings and finance leases are recorded at
the  amounts  of  the  proceeds  received  less  subsequent
repayments with the relative unamortised balance of costs
treated as non-current receivables.

Cash flow hedges

Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  which  are
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are deferred in
equity to the extent attributable to the components of the
derivatives that are effective hedges and as such offset the
exchange  fluctuations  relating  to  the  principal  amount  of
the  liability  or  asset  being  hedged.  Other  gains  or  losses
arising are recognised immediately in profit or loss, and are
included  as  ‘other  gains  and  losses’  in  the  consolidated
income statement. Hedge accounting is discontinued when
the group revokes the hedging relationship or the hedging
instrument  expires,  is  sold,  terminated,  or  exercised,  or  no
longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain
or  loss  deferred  in  equity  at  discontinuance  remains  in
equity.

Fair value hedges

The  group  does  not  hold  any  derivatives  designated  and
qualifying as fair value hedges.

Trade payables

Equity instruments

All  trade  payables  owed  by  the  group  are  non  interest
bearing and are stated at their nominal value. 

Derivative financial instruments

The  group  enters  into  derivative  financial  instruments  to
manage its exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange
rate risk; further details are disclosed in note 21. Derivatives
are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the  date  of  the
contract and remeasured to their fair value at the balance
sheet  date.  The  resulting  gain  or  loss  is  recognised
immediately  in  profit  or  loss  unless  the  derivative  is
designated and qualifies as a hedging instrument (either as
a cash flow hedge or a fair value hedge), in which case the
timing  of  the  recognition  in  profit  or  loss  depends  on  the
nature of the hedge relationship.

Instruments  are  classified  as  equity  instruments  if  the
substance  of  the  relative  contractual  arrangements
evidences a residual interest in the assets of the group after
deducting all of its liabilities.  Equity instruments issued by
the company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of
direct  issue  costs  not  charged  to  income.  The  preference
shares of the company are regarded as equity instruments.

Share-based payments

The group has applied the transitional provisions of IFRS 2
“Share-based payments” which provide certain exemptions
for grants of equity instruments prior to 7 November 2002.

88

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

In the application of the group’s accounting policies, which are set out in the “Accounting policies (group)” section of this annual report,
the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions. Such judgements, estimates and assumptions are based on
historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual values of assets and amounts of liabilities may differ
from estimates. The judgements, estimates and assumptions are reviewed on a regular basis. Revisions to estimates are recognised in
the period in which the estimates are revised. 

Critical judgements in applying the group’s accounting policies

The following are critical judgements not being judgements involving estimations (which are dealt with below) that the directors have
made in the process of applying the group’s accounting policies. 

Biological assets

IAS 41 “Agriculture” requires the determination of the fair value of biological assets.  In the absence of an active market for such assets,
similar in condition and location to those owned by the group, management must select an appropriate methodology to be used, together
with suitable metrics, for determining fair value.  The directors have applied a discounted cash flow method and have selected a discount
rate that, in their opinion, reflects an appropriate rate of return on investment taking into account the cyclicity of commodity markets (see
note 13).

Capitalisation of interest and other costs

As  described  under  “Biological  assets”  in  “Accounting  policies  (group)”,  all  expenditure  on  biological  assets  up  to  maturity,  including
interest, is treated as an addition to such assets. The directors have determined that normally such capitalisation will cease at the end of
the third financial year following the year in which land clearing commenced.  At this point, plantings should produce a commercial harvest
and accordingly be treated as having been brought into use for the purposes of IAS16 “Property plant and equipment” and of IAS 23
“Borrowing costs”.  However, crop yields at this point may vary depending on the time of year that land clearing commenced and on
climatic conditions thereafter.  In specific cases, the directors may elect to extend the period of capitalisation by a further year.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. 

Biological assets

Because of the inherent uncertainty associated with the valuation methodology used in determining the fair value of the group’s biological
assets, and in particular the volatility of prices for the group’s agricultural produce and the absence of a liquid market for Indonesian oil
palm plantations, the carrying value of the biological assets may differ from their realisable value (see note 13).

Derivatives

As described in note 21, the directors use their judgement in selecting appropriate valuation techniques for financial instruments not
quoted in an active market. For derivative financial instruments, assumptions are made based on quoted market rates adjusted for the
specific features of the instruments.

89

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

1.  Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty - continued

Income taxes

The group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the group’s liability to both
current and deferred tax having regard to the uncertainties relating to the availability of tax losses and to the future periods in which timing
differences are likely to reverse as well as uncertainty regarding recoverability of tax paid against disputed items in assessments of tax
on an Indonesian group company.

2.  Revenue

Sales of goods
Revenue from services

Other operating income
Investment income

Total revenue

2010
$’000
113,805
234

114,039
449
1,894

116,382

2009
$’000
78,836
49

78,885
–
827

79,712

In 2010, two customers accounted for respectively 57 per cent and 17 per cent of the group’s sales of agricultural goods (2009: three
customers, 43 per cent, 20 per cent and 13 per cent).

The crop of oil palm fresh fruit bunches for 2010 amounted to 518,742 tonnes (2009: 490,178 tonnes).   The fair value of the crop of
fresh fruit bunches was $65,344,000 (2009: $44,698,000), based on the price formula determined by the Indonesian government for
purchases of fresh fruit bunches from smallholders.

3.  Segment information

In the table below, the group’s sales of goods are analysed by geographical destination; the carrying amount of net assets and additions
to property, plant and equipment are analysed by geographical area of asset location. The group operates in two segments: the cultivation
of oil palms and the development of coal operations. In 2010 and 2009, the latter did not meet the quantitative thresholds set out in IFRS
8 “Operating Segments” and, accordingly, no analyses are provided by business segment.

Sales by geographical destination:
Indonesia
Rest of Asia

Carrying amount of net assets by geographical area of asset location:
UK and Continental Europe
Indonesia

90

2010
$’m

47.0
66.8 

113.8

23.8
211.7 

235.5

2009
$’m

40.7
38.2 

78.9 

17.3
177.4 

194.7

3.  Segment information - continued

Additions to property, plant and equipment by geographical area of asset location:
UK and Continental Europe
Indonesia

2010
$’m

–
19.3

19.3

2009
$’m

–
13.7 

13.7 

4.  Agricultural produce inventory movement

The net gain arising from changes in fair value of agricultural produce inventory represents the movement in the fair value of that inventory
less the amount of the movement in such inventory at historic cost (which is included in cost of sales).

5.  Profit before tax

Salient items charged / (credited) in arrriving at profit before tax

Administrative expenses (see below) 
Movement in inventories (at historic cost) 
Operating lease rentals
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals

Administrative expenses

Net foreign exchange gains
(Credit) / charge for additional UK pension liability (see note 38)
National insurance contributions on share options
Indonesian operations
Head office

Amounts payable to the company’s auditors

2010
$’000

10,228
588
339
3,630
84

(74)
(225)
–
6,254
4,273

10,228

2009
$’000

7,234
1,311
308
3,147
190

(859)
528
355
3,729
3,481

7,234

The amount payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of the company’s financial statements was $126,000 (2009: $118,000).  Amounts
payable to Deloitte LLP for the audit of accounts of associates of the company pursuant to legislation were $16,000 (2009: $16,000). 

Amounts payable to Deloitte LLP for other services were $7,000 (2009: $3,000) for the provision of certificates of group compliance
with  covenants  under  certain  debt  instruments  (being  certificates  that  those  instruments  require  to  be  provided  by  the  company’s
auditors).

Amounts payable to an associate of Deloitte LLP for the audit of a subsidiary’s financial statements were $16,000 (2009: $10,000).

91

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

5.  Profit before tax - continued

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and net biological gain 

Operating profit
Depreciation and amortisation
Net biological gain

6.  Staff costs, including directors

Average number of employees (including executive directors):
Agricultural - permanent
Agricultural - temporary
Head office

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs

7.  Investment revenues

Interest on bank deposits
Other interest income

8.  Finance costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts
Interest on US dollar notes
Interest on sterling notes
Interest on obligations under finance leases
Other finance charges

Amount included as additions to biological assets

2010
$’000

2009
$’000

56,267
3,715
(1,588)

58,394

47,718
3,337
(9,765)

41,290

2010
Number

2009
Number

4,135
2,315
7

6,457

3,943
2,210
7

6,160

$’000

$’000

19,538
754
293

20,585

15,838
576
1,272

17,686

2010
$’000
257
1,637

1,894

2010
$’000
974
3,883
5,666
1
1,910

2009
$’000
430
397

827

2009
$’000
587
2,338
5,989
6
1,467

12,434
(4,720)

7,714

10,387
(3,559)

6,828

Amount  included  as  additions  to  biological  assets  arose  on  borrowings  applicable  to  the  Indonesian  operations  and  reflected  a
capitalisation rate of 39.7 per cent (2009: 30.4 per cent); there is no directly related tax relief.

92

9.  Tax

Current tax:
UK corporation tax
Foreign tax (includes prior years $nil (2009: $69,000))

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
Current year
Total deferred tax

Total tax

2010
$’000

1,042
12,817

13,859

1,615
1,615

2009
$’000

–
6,858

6,858

5,003
5,003

15,474

11,861

Taxation is provided at the rates prevailing for the relevant jurisdiction.  For Indonesia, the current taxation provision is based on a tax rate
of 25 per cent (2009: 28 per cent) and the deferred tax provision in 2010 and 2009 reflects the reduction in the corporate taxation rate
from 30 per cent to 25 per cent, effective from 2010.  For the United Kingdom, the taxation provision reflects a corporation tax rate of
28 per cent.

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Profit before tax

Notional tax at the UK standard rate of 28 per cent (2009: 28 per cent)
Tax effect of the following items:
Expenses not deductible in determining taxable profit
Non taxable income
Overseas tax rates below UK standard rate
Overseas withholding taxes, net of relief
Additional tax provisions

2010
$’000
50,447

2009
$’000
41,717

14,125

11,681

560
(123)
(1,588)
1,855
645

142
(88)
(672)
729
69

Tax expense at effective tax rate for the year

15,474

11,861

In addition to the amount charged to the income statement, the following amounts relating to tax have been recognised directly in other
comprehensive income:

Current tax:
Relating to cash flow hedges

Deferred tax:
Relating to cash flow hedges
On share based payment

Total tax recognised directly in other comprehensive income

4,882

4,179

(206)
–

(206)

(612)
(743)

(1,355)

4,676

2,824

93

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

10.  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:
Preference dividends of 9p per share
Ordinary dividends

2010
$’000

2,360
2,596

4,956

2009
$’000

2,219
1,746

3,965

An  interim  dividend  of  21/2p  per  ordinary  share  in  respect  of  the  year  ended  31  December  2010  was  paid  on  28  January  2011.  In
accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period”, this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,323,550 has not been included
in the 2010 financial statements.

11.  Earnings per share

Earnings for the purpose of basic and diluted earnings per share *
* being net profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share

12.  Goodwill

Beginning of year

End of year

2010
$’000
32,325

‘000
33,343
66

33,409

2010
$’000
12,578

12,578

2009
$’000
27,119

‘000
32,574
736

33,310

2009
$’000
12,578

12,578

The goodwill of $12,578,000 arose from the acquisition by the company in 2006 of a non-controlling interest in the issued ordinary share
capital  of  Makassar  Investments  Limited,  the  parent  company  of  PT  REA  Kaltim  Plantations,  for  a  consideration  of  $19  million.    The
goodwill  is  reviewed  for  impairment  as  explained  under  “Goodwill”  in  “Accounting  policies  (group)”.    The  recoverable  amount  of  the
goodwill is based upon value in use of the oil palm business in Indonesia, which is regarded as the cash generating unit to which the
goodwill relates.  Value in use is assessed by revaluing the biological assets of the oil palm business on the basis of the principles applied
in determining their fair value as detailed in note 13 but utilising a unit profit margin calculated by reference to a five year average of
historic crude palm oil prices rather than the longer term average assumed in determining fair value.  The directors consider this to be an
appropriate method for determining value in use as it maintains consistency of methodology between estimations of value in use and the
IAS 41 valuation. 

94

13.  Biological assets

Beginning of year
Reclassification from infrastructure (see note 14)
Additions to planted area and costs to maturity including finance costs (see note 8)
Transfers from property, plant and equipment (see note 14)
Transfers to non-current receivables
Transfers to current receivables
Net biological gain 

End of year

Net biological gain comprises:
Gain arising from movement in fair value attributable to physical changes
Gain arising from movement in fair value attributable to price changes

2010
$’000
204,087
1,076
15,028
772
(227)
(441)
1,588

221,883

2009
$’000
179,745
773
13,866
140
(202)
–
9,765

204,087

1,588
–

1,588

9,765
–

9,765

The nature of the group’s biological assets and the basis of determination of their fair value is explained under “Biological assets” in
“Accounting policies (group)”. Critical judgements in relation to these matters are detailed in note 1. The valuation assumed a discount
rate of 16 per cent in the case of PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”), 17.5 per cent in the case of PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (“SYB”)
and 19 per cent in the case of all other group companies (2009: 16 per cent in the case of REA Kaltim and 19 per cent in the case of
all other group companies) and a twenty year average crude palm oil (“CPO”) price of $472 per tonne, net of Indonesian export duties,
FOB Samarinda (2009: twenty year average of $446 per tonne). The effect of the accounting policy on biological assets was that there
was no change in the unit profit margin assumed.

The valuation of the group’s biological assets would have been reduced by $12,560,000 (2009: $11,260,000) if the crops projected for
the purposes of the valuation had been reduced by 5 per cent; by $12,000,000 (2009: $10,660,000) if the discount rates assumed had
been increased by 1 per cent and by $25,100,000 (2009: $22,490,000) if the assumed unit profit margin per tonne of oil palm fresh
fruit bunches had been reduced by $5.

As a general rule, all palm products produced by the group are sold at prices prevailing immediately prior to delivery but on occasions,
when market conditions appear favourable, the group makes forward sales at fixed prices. When making such sales, the group would not
normally commit more than 60 per cent of its projected production for a forthcoming period of twelve months. At 31 December 2010,
the group had no outstanding forward sale contracts at fixed prices (2009: none).

At 31 December 2010, the group had outstanding forward sales of 6,000 tonnes per month for the five month period to May 2011, on
terms that the sales price of each delivery be determined immediately ahead of delivery by reference to prevailing open market prices
(31 December 2009: 6,000 tonnes per month for the five month period to 31 May 2010).

At the balance sheet date, biological assets of $215,700,000 (2009: $165,364,000) had been charged as security for bank loans (see
note 22) but there were otherwise no restrictions on titles to the biological assets (2009: none).   Expenditure approved by the directors
for the development of immature areas in 2011 amounts to $33,000,000 (2009: $37,000,000).

95

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

14.  Property, plant and equipment

Buildings
and structures

Plant, Construction
in progress

Total

Cost:
At 1 January 2009
Reclassification as biological assets (see note 13)
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Transfers (see note 13)

At 31 December 2009
Reclassification as biological assets (see note 13)
Additions
Exchange differences
Disposals
Transfers (see note 13)

At 31 December 2010

Accumulated depreciation:
At 1 January 2009
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2009
Charge for year
Exchange differences
Eliminated on disposals

At 31 December 2010

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

equipment
and vehicles
$’000

32,304
–
2,587
57
–
2,462

37,410
–
2,075
(16)
(237)
232

39,464

9,810
2,554
33
–

12,397
2,599
(10)
(155)

14,831

$’000

35,293
(773)
3,482
–
–
7,705

45,707
(1,076)
7,655
–
–
1,532

53,818

1,804
1,058
–
–

2,862
1,511
–
–

4,373

$‘000

$‘000

7,086
–
7,621
–
–
(10,307)

4,400
–
9,546
–
–
(2,536)

74,683
(773)
13,690
57
–
(140)

87,517
(1,076)
19,276
(16)
(237)
(772)

11,410

104,692

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

11,614
3,612
33
–

15,259
4,110
(10)
(155)

19,204

49,445

42,845

24,633

25,013

11,410

4,400

85,488

72,258

The  depreciation  charge  for  the  year  includes  $374,000  (2009: $465,000)  which  has  been  capitalised  as  part  of  the  additions  to
biological assets.

At the balance sheet date,  the book value of finance leases included in property, plant and equipment was $nil (2009: $139,000).

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  group  had  entered  into  contractual  commitments  for  the  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment
amounting to $1,367,000 (2009: $360,000).

96

15.  Prepaid operating lease rentals

Cost:
Beginning of year
Additions
End of year

Accumulated depreciation:
Beginning of year
Charge for year
End of year

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

2010
$‘000

15,027
3,505
18,532

910
345
1,255

2009
$‘000

13,723
1,304
15,027

635
275
910

17,277

14,117

14,117

13,088

The depreciation charge for the year includes $261,000 (2009: $85,000) which has been capitalised as part of the additions to biological
assets.

At 31 December 2010, land title certificates had been obtained in respect of areas covering 63,263 hectares (2009: 52,029 hectares). 

16.  Indonesian coal interests

The balance of $18,864,000 (2009: $12,859,000) comprises interest bearing loans made to two Indonesian companies that, directly
and through a further Indonesian company, own rights in respect of certain coal concessions in East Kalimantan Indonesia, together with
related balances; such loans are repayable not later than 2020.  Arrangements have been agreed whereby the group will have the right
to acquire the concession holding companies at original cost as soon as Indonesian law allows this on a basis that will give the group 95
per cent ownership of those companies.  In the interim, the group will receive appropriate remuneration for the funding and services that
it  provides  to  the  concession  holding  companies  and  no  dividends  or  other  distributions  or  payments  may  be  paid  or  made  by  the
concession holding companies to the existing owners of the companies without the prior agreement of the group. The directors do not
consider that any provision for impairment of the Indonesian coal interests is required.

17.  Subsidiaries

A list of the principal subsidiaries, including the name, country of incorporation and proportion of ownership is given in note (i) to the
company’s individual financial statements.

Certain borrowings incurred by PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”) limit the payment of dividends by REA Kaltim to a proportion of
REA Kaltim’s annual profit after tax.

97

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

18.  Inventories

Agricultural produce
Engineering and other operating inventory

19.  Trade and other receivables

Due from sale of goods
Prepayments and advance payments 
Advance payment of taxation
Deposits and other receivables

2010
$’000
6,231
7,775

2009
$’000
5,477
7,899

14,006

13,376

2010
$’000
5,064
5,216
12,695
5,687

28,662

2009
$’000
2,618
2,375
8,121
1,226

14,340

Sales of goods are normally made on a cash against documents basis with an average credit period (which takes account of customer
deposits as disclosed in note 30) of 9 days (2009: 6 days). The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables
approximates their fair value.

20.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the group and short-term bank deposits with a maturity of one month or less. Cash
balances amounting to $4.0 million (2009: nil) are subject to a charge in favour of the trustee for the 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling
notes 2015/17 issued by a subsidiary (see note 23), pending deployment as further loans to Indonesian plantation subsidiaries which
were advanced on 25 January 2011.

21.  Financial instruments

Capital risk management

The group manages as capital its debt, which includes the borrowings and redeemable preference shares of a subsidiary disclosed in
notes  22  to  25,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  equity  attributable  to  shareholders  of  the  parent,  comprising  issued  ordinary  and
preference share capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in notes 31 to 34. The group is not subject to externally imposed
capital requirements.

The directors’ policy in regard to the capital structure of the group is to seek to enhance returns to holders of the company's ordinary
shares by meeting a proportion of the group's funding needs with prior ranking capital and to constitute that capital as a mix of preference
share capital and borrowings from banks, development institutions and the public debt market, in proportions which suit, and as respects
borrowings have a maturity profile which suits, the assets that such capital is financing. In so doing, the directors regard the company’s
preference share capital as permanent capital and then seek to structure the group's borrowings so that shorter term bank debt is used
only  to  finance  working  capital  requirements  while  debt  funding  for  the  group's  development  programme  is  sourced  from  issues  of
medium term listed debt securities and borrowings from development institutions.

98

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Net debt to equity ratio

Whilst the directors believe that it is important that the group retains flexibility as to the percentage of the group's overall funding that is
represented by net debt, as a general indication, they believe that, at the present stage of the group's development, net debt should not
exceed 100 per cent of total equity.  The target for 31 December 2011 is 50 per cent (2010: 60 per cent).  Net debt, equity and the net
debt to equity ratio at the balance sheet date were as follows:

Debt and related engagements *
Cash and cash equivalents
Net debt and related engagements
* being the book value of long and short term borrowings as detailed in the table below under “Fair value of financial instruments”.

Equity (including non-controlling interests)
Net debt to equity ratio

Significant accounting policies

2010
$’000
132,056
(36,710)
95,346

2009
$’000
104,580
(22,050)
82,530

235,520
40.5%

194,668
42.4%

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial instrument are disclosed in the “Accounting
policies (group)” section of this annual report.

Categories of financial instruments

Non-derivative financial assets as at 31 December 2010 comprised loans and receivables (including Indonesian coal interests) and cash
and cash equivalents amounting to $66,293,000 (2009: $38,785,000).

Non-derivative financial liabilities as at 31 December 2010 comprised liabilities at amortised cost amounting to $118,424,000 (2009:
$106,714,000).

Derivative financial instruments at 31 December 2010 comprised instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships at fair value
amounting to a liability of $17,726,000 (2009: a liability of $13,609,000).

As explained in note 16, arrangements exist for the group to acquire at historic cost the shares in the Indonesian companies owning
rights over certain coal concessions. The directors have attributed a fair value of zero to these rights in view of the prior claims of loans
to the concession owning companies and the present stage of the operations.

Financial risk management objectives

The group manages the financial risks relating to its operations through internal reports which permit the degree and magnitude of such
risks to be assessed. These risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

The group seeks to reduce risk by using, where appropriate, derivative financial instruments to hedge risk exposures. The use of derivative
financial instruments is governed by group policies set by the board of directors of the company. The board also sets policies on foreign
exchange  risk,  interest  rate  risk,  credit  risk,  the  use  of  non-derivative  financial  instruments,  and  the  investment  of  excess  liquidity.
Compliance  with  policies  and  exposure  limits  is  reviewed  on  a  continuous  basis.  The  group  does  not  enter  into  or  trade  financial
instruments, including derivative financial instruments, for speculative purposes.

99

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Market risk

The financial market risks to which the group is primarily exposed are those arising from changes in interest rates and foreign currency
exchange rates. 

The group’s policy as regards interest rates is to borrow whenever possible at fixed interest rates, but where borrowings are raised at
floating rates the directors would not normally seek to hedge such exposure. The sterling notes and the US dollar notes carry interest at
fixed rates of, respectively, 9.5 and 7.5 per cent per annum.  In addition, the company’s preference shares carry an entitlement to a fixed
annual dividend of 9 pence per share.

Interest is payable on drawings under the Indonesian consortium loan facilities at a floating rate equal to 2.75 per cent per annum over
Singapore Inter Bank Offered Rate (“SIBOR”) (2009: 2.75 per cent). In addition, the interest rate formula includes an allowance for the
bankers’ cost of funds. Interest is payable on drawings under an Indonesian Rupiah term loan facility at 3.5 per cent (2009: nil) above
the Jakarta Inter Bank Offer Rate.

A  one  per  cent  increase  in  interest  applied  to  those  financial  instruments  shown  in  the  table  below  entitled  “Fair  value  of  financial
instruments” as held at 31 December 2010 (other than the cross currency interest rate swap) which carry interest at floating rates would
have resulted over a period of one year in a pre-tax profit (and equity) increase of approximately $162,000 (2009: pre-tax profit (and
equity) increase of $118,000).

The group regards the US dollar as the functional currency of most of its operations and has, until recently, sought to ensure that, as
respects that proportion of its investment in the operations that is met by borrowings, it has no material currency exposure against the
US  dollar.    Accordingly,  where  borrowings  were  incurred  in  a  currency  other  than  the  US  dollar,  the  group  endeavoured  to  cover  the
resultant currency exposure by way of a debt swap or other appropriate currency hedge. The receipt by a subsidiary of the company
during 2010 of an Indonesian tax assessment seeking to disallow for tax purposes losses on currency hedges has called into question
this policy but the directors hope that the assessment will be reversed on appeal and that the policy can be retained. Pending outcome
of the appeal, the group has not hedged its Indonesian rupiah borrowings. The group does not cover the currency exposure in respect of
the  component  of  the  investment  that  is  financed  with  pounds  sterling  denominated  equity.    The  group's  policy  is  to  maintain  limited
balances in pounds sterling sufficient to meet its projected sterling expenditure for a period of up to  twelve months and a balance in
Indonesian rupiahs up to the aggregate amount drawn in that currency under local bank facilities but, otherwise, to keep all cash balances
in US dollars.  The group does not normally otherwise hedge its revenues and costs arising in currencies other than the US dollar.

At the balance sheet date, the group had non US dollar monetary items denominated in pounds sterling and Indonesian rupiah.  A 5 per
cent  strengthening  of  the  pound  sterling  against  the  US  dollar  would  have  resulted  in  a  gain  dealt  with  in  the  consolidated  income
statement and equity of $157,000 on the net sterling denominated non-derivative monetary items (excluding the sterling notes which
are hedged) (2009: gain of $180,000).   A 5 per cent strengthening of the Indonesian rupiah against the US dollar would have resulted
in  a  gain  dealt  with  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  and  equity  of  $373,000  on  the  net  Indonesian  rupiah  denominated,  non-
derivative monetary items (2009: gain of $188,000).  

Credit risk

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  a  counterparty  will  default  on  its  contractual  obligations  resulting  in  financial  loss  to  the  group.  The
directors consider that the group is not exposed to any major concentrations of credit risk. At 31 December 2010, 68 per cent of bank
deposits were held with banks with a Moody’s prime rating of P1, 24 per cent  with a bank with a Moody’s prime rating of P3 and the

100

21.  Financial instruments - continued

balance with banks with no Moody’s prime rating. Substantially all sales of goods are made on the basis of cash against documents or
letters of credit. At the balance sheet date, no trade receivables were past their due dates, nor were any impaired; accordingly no bad
debt provisions were required.  The maximum credit risk exposures in respect of the group’s financial assets at 31 December 2010 and
31 December 2009 equal the amounts reported under the corresponding balance sheet headings.

Liquidity risk

Ultimate  responsibility  for  liquidity  risk  management  rests  with  the  board  of  directors  of  the  company,  which  has  established  an
appropriate framework for the management of the group’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity requirements. Within this
framework, the board continuously monitors forecast and actual cash flows and endeavours to maintain adequate liquidity in the form of
cash reserves and borrowing facilities while matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Undrawn facilities available
to the group at balance sheet date are disclosed in note 22.

The board reviews the cash forecasting models for the operation of the plantations and compares these with the forecast outflows for
debt obligations and projected capital expenditure programmes for the plantations, applying sensitivities to take into account perceived
major uncertainties. In their review, the directors place the greatest emphasis on the cash flow of the first two years.

Non-derivative financial instruments

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the group’s non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based
on  the  undiscounted  amounts  of  the  group’s  financial  liabilities  based  on  the  earliest  dates  on  which  the  group  can  be  required  to
discharge those liabilities. The table includes liabilities for both principal and interest.

2010
Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
KCC preference shares (see note 25)
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits

2009
Bank loans
US dollar notes 
Sterling notes 
Trade and other payables, and customer deposits
Obligations under finance leases

Weighted
average
interest rate
%
8.6
8.6
10.4

Under
1 year

$’000
9,106
3,375
5,481
–
7,115

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
3,708
18,375
5,467
–
–

Over 2
years

$’000
12,773
33,375
79,659
1,500
–

Total

$’000
25,587
55,125
90,607
1,500
7,115

25,077

27,550

127,307

179,934

6.5
8.0
10.4

10.0

2,126
2,250
5,663
7,964
68

2,610
2,250
5,647
–
–

7,125
34,500
87,915
–
–

11,861
39,000
99,225
7,964
68

18,071

10,507

129,540

158,118

At 31 December 2010, the group’s non-derivative financial assets (other than receivables) comprised cash and deposits of $36,710,000
(2009: $22,050,000) carrying a weighted average interest rate of 0.9 per cent (2009: 1.9 per cent) all having a maturity of under one
year, and Indonesian coal interests of $18,864,000 (2009: $12,859,000) details of which are given in note 16.

101

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

21.  Financial instruments - continued

Derivative financial instruments

The  following  table  details  the  amounts  due  in  respect  of  the  group’s  derivative  financial  instruments.  These  arise  under  the  cross
currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) described in note 26.  The cash flows are settled gross and, therefore, the table takes no account
of sterling receipts under the CCIRS.

At 31 December 2010

At 31 December 2009

Fair value of financial instruments

Under
1 year

$’000
7,177 

7,197

Between
1 and 2
years
$’000
7,296 

Over 2
years

Total

$’000
90,133 

$’000
104,606 

7,178

97,429

111,804

The table below provides an analysis of the book values and fair values of financial instruments, excluding receivables and trade payables
and Indonesian coal interests, as at the balance sheet date. All financial instruments are classified as level 1 in the fair value hierarchy
prescribed by IFRS 7 “Financial  instruments: disclosures” other than the cross currency interest rate swaps and the preference shares
issued by a subsidiary that are classified as levels 2 and 3 respectively. No reclassifications between levels in the fair value hierarchy
were made during 2010 (2009: none).

Cash and deposits +
Bank debt - within one year +
Bank debt - after more than one year +
Finance leases o
Preference shares issued by a subsidiary
US dollar notes o
Sterling notes o
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against principal liabilities

Net debt and related engagements
Cross currency interest rate swaps - hedge against interest liabilities

+bearing interest at floating rates
o bearing interest at fixed rates

2010
Book value
$’000
36,710
(7,850)
(12,625)
–
(1,500)
(43,269)
(55,244)
(11,568)

(95,346)
(6,158)

2010
Fair value
$’000
36,710
(7,850)
(12,625)
–
(1,500)
(42,750)
(60,827)
(11,568)

(100,410)
(6,158)

2009
Book value
$’000
22,050
(1,500)
(8,719)
(64)
–
(29,677)
(56,965)
(7,655)

(82,530)
(5,954)

2009 
Fair value
$’000
22,050
(1,500)
(8,719)
(64)
–
(27,000)
(57,066)
(7,655)

(79,954)
(5,954)

(101,504)

(106,568)

(88,484)

(85,908)

The fair values of cash and deposits and bank debt approximate their carrying values since these carry interest at current market rates.
The fair values of the US dollar notes and sterling notes are based on the latest prices at which those notes were traded prior to the
balance sheet dates.

The fair value of the preference shares issued by a subsidiary has been estimated by the directors on the basis of their assessment of
the probability of the shares becoming redeemable on 31 December 2014 in accordance with their terms and of the redemption value
then applicable discounted for the period from the balance sheet date to 31 December 2014.

102

21.  Financial instruments - continued

The fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) has been derived by a discounted cash flow analysis using quoted
foreign forward exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted interest rates with maturities corresponding to the applicable cash
flows. The valuation of the CCIRS at 31 December 2010 at fair value resulted in a loss of $17,726,000 (2009: loss of $13,609,000)
which has been taken directly to equity, net of related tax relief.  A 50 basis points movement in the spread between the assumed yield
curves for pounds sterling and the US dollar would increase or decrease the valuation by approximately $2,173,000 (2009: $2,847,000).

22.  Bank loans

Bank loans

The bank loans are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year
Between one and two years
After two years

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2010
$‘000
20,475

7,850
2,700
9,925

2009
$‘000
10,219

1,500
2,100
6,619

20,475

10,219

7,850
12,625

20,475

1,500
8,719

10,219

All bank loans are denominated in US dollars and are at floating rates, thus exposing the group to interest rate risk. The weighted average
interest  rate  in  2010  was  7.3  per  cent  (2009:  5.5  per  cent).    Bank  loans  of  $13,469,000  (2009:  $10,219,000)  are  secured  on
substantially the whole of the assets and undertaking of PT REA Kaltim Plantations (“REA Kaltim”), having an aggregate book value of
$282 million (2009: $277 million), and are the subject of an unsecured guarantee by the company. Bank loans of $6,006,000 (2009:
nil) are secured on the land, plantations, property, plant and equipment owned by PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (“SYB”), having an aggregate
book value of $70 million (2009: nil), and are the subject of an unsecured guarantee by the company.  The banks are entitled to have
recourse to their security on usual banking terms.

At the balance sheet date, the group had undrawn US dollar denominated bank facilities of $2 million (2009: $4.75 million).

23.  Sterling notes

The sterling notes comprise £37 million nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by the company’s subsidiary,
REA Finance B.V..  Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled by the issuer, the sterling notes are repayable in three equal
instalments commencing on 31 December 2015.

The repayment obligation in respect of the sterling notes of £37 million ($59.8 million) is hedged by forward foreign exchange contracts
for the purchase of £37 million and for the sale of $68.6 million and is carried in the balance sheet net of the unamortised balance of
the note issuance costs. 

Details of the restructuring of the security for the sterling notes are set out in note (i) to the company’s individual financial statements.

If a person or group of persons acting in concert obtains the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be
cast at a general meeting of the company, each holder of sterling notes has the right to require that the notes held by such holder be
repaid at 101 per cent of par, plus any interest accrued thereon up to the date of completion of the repayment.

103

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

24.  US dollar notes

The US dollar notes comprise US$45 million nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 of the company, and are stated net of the
unamortised balance of the note issuance costs. Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled by the company, the US dollar
notes are redeemable in three equal annual instalments commencing on 31 December 2012.

Pursuant to a supplemental rights agreement dated 23 January 2006, between the company and the holders of $19 million nominal of
US dollar notes, the latter have the right, exercisable under certain limited circumstances, to require the company to purchase the US
dollar notes held by them at a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal amount of the notes being purchased and any interest accrued
thereon up to the date of completion of the purchase.  Such circumstances include a material disposal of assets by the group or a person
or group of persons acting in concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a
general meeting of the company.

Pursuant to a placing agreement dated 28 January 2010 under which the company placed $15 million nominal of US dollar notes and
the company’s subsidiary, KCC Resources Limited, issued to placees 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares in the capital
of KCC (“KCC preference shares”), the company granted to each placee a non-assignable option, exercisable on the occurrence of any
one  of  certain  events  and  on  a  basis  relating  to  the  number  of  KCC  preference  shares  retained  by  the  placee  at  the  date  of  such
occurrence, to require the company to purchase or procure the purchase of the US dollar notes acquired by the placee in the placing at
a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal value of such notes and any interest accrued thereon up to the date of completion of the
purchase.  Such events include the disposal of a significant part of the group’s coal business or a person or group of persons acting in
concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a general meeting of the company.

25.  Preference shares issued by a subsidiary

On 11 February 2010 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares of $10 each were issued by KCC Resources Limited (“KCC
preference shares”), a subsidiary undertaking of the company, fully paid, by way of a placing at par. The KCC preference shares provide
a limited participation in the coal interests of the company such that if those interests achieve an average annual level of earnings before
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation of $8 million over the four and a half year period from 1 January 2010 to 30 June 2014
(equivalent to $36 million for the full period), those persons who subscribed 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 of the company  and KCC
preference shares in a combined issue of those securities in February 2010, and who retain their notes and shares until redeemed, will
receive an overall compound return of 15 per cent per annum on their total investment.  If the required level of earnings is not achieved,
then, except in certain limited circumstances (such as divestment of all or a significant part of the coal interests or a change in control
of the company), no dividends or other distributions will be paid or made on the KCC preference shares and after 31 December 2014
such shares will be converted into valueless deferred shares.

26.  Hedging instruments

At both 31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009, the group had outstanding three contracts for the forward purchase of £37 million
and sale of $68.6 million maturing in 2015 pursuant to the cross currency interest rate swaps (“CCIRS”) entered into by the group to
hedge  the  foreign  currency  exposure  of  the  group  arising  from  the  interest  and  principal  repayment  obligations  of  its  9.5  per  cent
guaranteed  sterling  notes  2015/17  (“sterling  notes”).    Either  party  to  the  CCIRS  has  the  option  to  terminate  the  CCIRS  on  the  fifth
anniversary of the initial trade date on the basis that, upon such termination, the CCIRS will be closed out at prevailing market value
calculated by reference to mid market interest and sterling US dollar exchange rates with no adjustment for specific credit risk.  During
the year, the hedges were effective in hedging the related sterling interest payment obligations on the sterling notes up to and including
31 December 2015 and in providing the £37 million required to meet the principal repayment obligations. The fair value  of the CCIRS
has been described in note 21.

104

27.  Deferred tax

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the group and the movements thereon during the year and
preceding year:

Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)

At 1 January 2009
(Charge) / credit to income for the year
Credit to equity for the year
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2009
(Charge) / credit to income for the year
Credit / (charge) to equity for the year
Exchange differences
Unutilised loss on exercise

Property, plant
and equipment
$’000
(14,921)
(3,052)
–
(2,407)

(20,380)
(2,733)
–
443
–

Biological
assets
$’000
(13,658)
(2,979)
–
–

(16,637)
(894)
–
253
–

At 31 December 2010

(22,670)

(17,278)

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

At 31 December 2010

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

287
(22,957)

(22,670)

–
(17,278)

(17,278)

318
(20,698)

–
(16,637)

2,615
(2,143)

At 31 December 2009
* includes income, gains or expenses recognised for reporting purposes, but not yet charged to or allowed for tax.

(16,637)

(20,380)

472

Income/ Share based
payments
expenses*
$’000
$’000
538
(1,988)
–
1,614
743
–
92
846

472
1,982
394
935
–

3,783

4,558
(775)

3,783

1,373
175
(1,021)
(239)
(288)

–

–
–

–

1,373
–

1,373

Tax
losses 
$’000
995
(586)
–
322

731
(145)
–
24
288

898

898
–

898

731
–

731

Total

$’000
(29,034)
(5,003)
743
(1,147)

(34,441)
(1,615)
(627)
1,416
–

(35,267)

5,743
(41,010)

(35,267)

5,037
(39,478)

(34,441)

At the balance sheet date, the group had unused tax losses of $3.5 million (2009: $7.8 million) available to be applied against future
profits. A deferred tax asset of $898,000 (2009: $2,104,000) has been recognised in respect of these losses made up of $nil in respect
of the share based payment provision (2009: $1,373,000) and $898,000 in respect of other tax losses (2009: $731,000).

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for
which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was $9,600,000 (2009: $6,150,000). No liability has been recognised in respect
of these differences because the group is in a position to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such
differences will not significantly reverse in the foreseeable future.

The deferred tax asset in respect of Indonesian tax losses assumes that losses for tax purposes incurred by the operating companies in
Indonesia may be carried forward for five years.

105

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

28.  Obligations under finance leases

Minimum lease payments:
Amounts payable under finance leases
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive

Less: Future finance charges

Present value of lease obligations

Representing:
Amounts payable under finance leases
Within one year
In the second to fifth years inclusive

Present value of lease obligations

Amount due for settlement within 12 months (shown under current liabilities)
Amount due for settlement after 12 months

2010
$’000

2009
$’000

–
–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

68
–

68
4

64

64
–

64

64
–

64

All the group leases of certain items of plant and equipment under finance leases were terminated during the year. The former leases
were at fixed interest rates and the average borrowing rate for the year was 10.0 per cent (2009: 10.0 per cent). 

29.  Other loans and payables

Retirement benefit obligations (see note 38)
Other

The amounts are repayable as follows:
On demand or within one year (shown under current liabilities)

In the second year
In the third to fifth years inclusive
After five years

Amount due for settlement after 12 months

Amounts of liabilities by currency:
Sterling
US dollar
Indonesian rupiah

106

2010
$’000
5,272
806

6,078

2009
$’000
4,573
540

5,113

604

412

663
1,773
3,038

5,474

394
1,308
2,999

4,701

6,078

5,113

2,932
367
2,779

6,078

2,909
436
1,768

5,113

29.  Other loans and payables - continued

Further details of the retirement benefit obligations are set out in note 38.  The directors estimate that the fair value of retirement benefit
obligations and of other loans and payables approximates their carrying value.  

30.  Trade and other payables

Trade purchases and ongoing costs
Customer deposits
Other tax and social security
Accruals
Other payables

The average credit period taken on trade payables is 26 days (2009: 37 days).

The directors estimate that the fair value of trade payables approximates their carrying value. 

31.  Share capital

Authorised (in pounds sterling):
27,500,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2009: 17,500,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2009: 41,000,000) 

Issued and fully paid (in US dollars):
27,063,681 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2009: 16,392,954)
33,414,545 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2009: 32,573,856)

2010
$’000
3,900
2,096
3,046
3,021
770

2009
$’000
5,517
1,288
2,098
3,107
1,159

12,833

13,169

2010
£’000

27,500
10,250

37,750

$’000
45,990
14,558

60,548

2009
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

$’000
28,958
14,230

43,188

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•
•

•

•

on 1 February 2010, 840,689 ordinary shares were issued fully paid on exercise of a director’s option at 43.753p per ordinary share.
on 8 June 2010, the authorised share capital of the company was increased from £27,750,000 to £37,750,000 by the creation of
10,000,000 new 9 per cent cumulative preference shares.
on  24  September  2010,  1,670,727  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares  were  issued,  credited  as  fully  paid,  to  ordinary
shareholders by way of capitalisation of share premium account.
on 29 October 2010, 9,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, fully paid, by way of a placing at par.

107

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

$’000
27,322
(25)

27,297
246
(2,642)

24,901

Total
$’000
(16,388)
–
(6,739)
9,497

(13,630)
4,009
(8,576)

Hedging
reserve
$’000
(406)
(7,669)
(4,653)
9,497

(3,231)
1,356
(8,576)

Other
reserve
$’000
(15,982)
7,669
(2,086)
–

(10,399)
2,653
–

(10,451)

(7,746)

(18,197)

2010
$’000
136,499
32,325
(2,596)
–

2009
$’000
110,383
27,119
(1,746)
743

166,228

136,499

2010
$’000
1,314
288
(28)
71
395

2,040

2009
$’000
580
518
84
(43)
175

1,314

32.  Share premium account

At 1 January 2009
Expenses of issue of new preference shares

At 31 December 2009
Issue of new ordinary shares
Capitalisation issue of new preference shares

At 31 December 2010

33.  Translation reserve

At 1 January 2009
Reclassification of balances brought forward
Exchange translation differences arising during the year
Fair value profit on cash flow hedge

At 31 December 2009
Exchange translation differences arising during the year
Fair value loss on cash flow hedge

At 31 December 2010

34.  Retained earnings

Beginning of year
Profit for the year
Ordinary dividend paid
Share based payment - deferred tax credit 

End of year

35.  Non-controlling interests

Beginning of year
Share of profit after taxation
Share of items taken directly to equity
Exchange translation differences
Subscription to share capital of new subsidiary

End of year

108

36.  Reconciliation of operating profit to operating cash flows

Operating profit
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Increase in fair value of agricultural produce inventory
Amortisation of prepaid operating lease rentals
Amortisation of sterling and US dollar note issue expenses
Biological gain 
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease in inventories (excluding fair value movements)
Increase in receivables
Increase / (decrease) in payables
Exchange translation differences

Cash generated by operations
Taxes paid
Interest paid

Net cash from operating activities

2010
$’000
56,267
4,110
(455)
345
793
(1,588)
(52)

59,420
180
(10,278)
486
402

50,210
(21,134)
(7,784)

21,292

No additions to property, plant and equipment during the year were financed by new finance leases (2009: $nil).

37. Movement in net borrowings

Change in net borrowings resulting from cash flows:
Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Net (increase) / decrease in borrowings

Issue of US dollar notes less amortised expenses
Sterling note reconstruction expenses less amortisation
Proceeds of issue of preference shares by a subsidiary
Lease repayments

Currency translation differences
Net borrowings at beginning of year

Net borrowings at end of year

38.  Retirement benefit obligations

United Kingdom

2009
$’000
47,718
3,148
(1,556)
190
344
(9,765)
–

40,079
2,158
(2,670)
(690)
(48)

38,829
(2,284)
(6,901)

29,644

2009
$’000

(9,406)
2,698

(6,708)
(88)
(256)
–
54

(6,998)
(5,296)
(62,581)

2010
$’000

14,478
(10,243)

4,235
(13,579)
(104)
(1,500)
64

(10,884)
1,981
(74,875)

(83,778)

(74,875)

The  company  is  the  principal  employer  of  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  (the  “Scheme”)  and  a  subsidiary  company  is  a  participating
employer. The Scheme is a multi-employer contributory defined benefit scheme with assets held in a trustee-administered fund, which
has participating employers outside the group.  The Scheme is closed to new members.

109

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

38.  Retirement benefit obligations - continued

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employer is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities
(because there is no segregation of the assets) and does not prepare valuations on an IAS19 basis, the group accounts for the Scheme
as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

A non-IAS 19 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2008. This method was
adopted in the previous valuation as at 31 December 2005, as it was considered the appropriate method of calculating future service
benefits as the Scheme is closed to new members. At 31 December 2008 the Scheme had an overall shortfall in assets (deficit), when
measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £3,850,000. The technical provisions were calculated using assumptions of an
investment return of 5.85 per cent pre-retirement and 4.92 per cent post-retirement, an annual increase in pensionable salaries of 3.75
per cent and an annual increase in present and future pensions of 3.0 per cent. The rate of increase in the retail price index was assumed
to be 3.0 per cent. It was further assumed that both non-retired and retired members’ mortality would reflect PNA00 Ic YOB tables, with
males at min 0.75 per cent 110 per cent and females at min 0.5 per cent 110 per cent and that members would take the maximum cash
sums permitted from 1 January 2009. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2008 using the projected unit method and the
same assumptions, the overall deficit would have been similar.

The Scheme has agreed a statement of funding principles with the principal employer and has also agreed a schedule of contributions
with participating employers covering normal contributions which are payable at a rate calculated to cover future service benefits under
the Scheme. The Scheme has also agreed a recovery plan with participating employers which sets out the basis for recovery of the deficit
shown by the 31 December 2008 valuation through the payment of quarterly additional contributions over the period from 1 January
2010 to 30 September 2018 after taking account of the additional contributions paid in 2009 under the 31 December 2005 valuation.

The normal contributions paid by the group in 2010 were £15,000 - $24,000 (2009: £47,000 - $72,000) and represented 23.4 per
cent  (2009:  24.9  per  cent)  of  pensionable  salaries.  The  additional  contribution  applicable  to  the  group  for  2010  was  £219,000  -
$339,000 (2009: £218,000 - $333,000). Under the valuation as at 31 December 2008 the normal contributions will continue at the
rate of 23.4 per cent of pensionable salaries and the additional contribution will rise to £225,000 - $353,000 for 2011 and thereafter
by 2.7 per cent per annum. A liability of £1,592,000 $2,500,000 (2009:£1,737,000 - $2,805,000) for these additional contributions
adjusted for the time value of money has been recognised under retirement benefit obligations (see note 29) with an equal charge to
income.

An annual funding review of the Scheme as a 31 December 2010 based on the 31 December 2008 valuation with revised assumptions
reflecting changing market conditions, the rolling forward of liabilities and the valuation of the Scheme assets as at 31 December 2010,
indicated a reduction in the Scheme deficit to £892,000 (2009: £2,963,000).

The company has a contingent liability for additional contributions payable by other (non-group) employers in the Scheme; such liability
will  only  arise  if  other  (non-group)  employers  do  not  pay  their  contributions.  There  is  no  expectation  of  this  at  the  present  time,  and,
therefore, no provision has been made.

Indonesia

In accordance with Indonesian labour laws, group employees in Indonesia are entitled to lump sum payments on retirement at the age of
55 years. The group makes a provision for such payments in its financial statements but does not fund these with any third party or set
aside assets to meet the entitlements. The provision was assessed at each balance sheet date by an independent actuary using the
projected unit  method.  The principal assumptions used were as follows:

110

38.  Retirement benefit obligations - continued

Discount rate
Salary increases per annum
Mortality table (Indonesia)
Retirement age (years)
Disability rate (% of the mortality table)

The movement in the provision for employee service entitlements was as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial loss
Exchange
Paid during the year

Balance at 31 December

The amounts recognised in adminstrative expenses in the consolidated income statement were as follows: 

Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial loss

Amount included as additions to biological assets

2010
9%
7%
TM 1-11
55
10

2009
10.5%
7%
TM 1-11
55
10

2010
$’000
1,781
594
216
380
90
(282)

2,779

2010
$’000
594
216
380

1,190
(425)

765

2009
$’000
1,137
381
147
65
229
(178)

1,781

2009
$’000
381
147
65

593
(256)

337

Unrecognised actuarial losses at 31 December 2010 amounted to $317,000  (2009: $206,000). The movement in the present value
of the employee service entitlements (including such unrecognised actuarial losses) were as follows:

Balance at 1 January
Current service cost
Interest expense
Actuarial loss
Exchange
Paid during the year

Balance at 31 December

Estimated benefit payments in 2011 are $206,000.

2010
$’000
1,987
594
216
481
100
(282)

3,096

2009
$’000
1,263
382
147
117
256
(178)

1,987

111

Notes to the consolidated financial
statements continued

39.  Related party transactions

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not
disclosed  in  this  note.  Transactions  between  the  company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  dealt  with  in  the  company’s  individual  financial
statements.  The remuneration of the directors, who are the key management personnel of the group, is set out below in aggregate for
each of the categories specified in IAS 24 “Related party disclosures”. Further information about the remuneration of, and fees paid in
respect of services provided by, individual directors is provided in the audited part of the “Directors’ remuneration report”.

Short term benefits
Post employment benefits
Other long term benefits
Termination benefits
Share based payments

40.  Rates of exchange

Indonesia rupiah to US dollar
US dollar to pound sterling

41.  Events after the reporting period

Dividends

2010
$’000
1,128
–
–
–
–

1,128

2009
$’000
877
48
–
–
–

925

2010
Closing

2010
Average

2009
Closing

2009
Average

8,991
1.566 

9,078
1.55

9,400
1.615

10,356
1.56

A second interim dividend of 21/2p per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2010 was paid on 28 January 2011.
In accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to $1,323,550, has not been reflected
in these financial statements. 

42.  Contingent liabilities

Guarantee given by a subsidiary company

In  furtherance  of  Indonesian  government  policy  which  requires  the  owners  of  oil  palm  plantations  to  develop  smallholder  plantations,
during  2009  PT  REA  Kaltim  Plantations  (“REA  Kaltim”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  company,  entered  into  an  agreement  with
Koperasi Perkebuman Kahad Bersatu (the “cooperative”) to develop and manage 1,500 hectares of land owned by the cooperative as
an oil palm plantation.  To assist with the funding of such development, the cooperative concluded on 14 October 2009 a long term loan
agreement with Bank Pembanguan Daerah Kalimantan Timur (“Bank BPD”), a regional development bank, under which the cooperative
may borrow up to Indonesian rupiah 86.6 billion ($9.6 million) with amounts borrowed repayable over 15 years and secured on the land
to  be  developed  (“the  bank  facility”).    REA  Kaltim  has  guaranteed  the  obligations  of  the  cooperative  as  to  payments  of  principal  and
interest  under  the  bank  facility  and,  in  addition,  has  committed  to  lend  to  the  cooperative  any  further  funds  required  to  complete  the
agreed development.  REA Kaltim is entitled to a charge over the development when the bank facility has been repaid in full.

112

42.  Contingent liabilities - continued

On maturity of the development, the cooperative is required to sell all crops from the development to REA Kaltim and to permit repayment
of indebtedness to Bank BPD and REA Kaltim out of the sales proceeds.

As at 31 December 2010 the outstanding balance owing by the cooperative to Bank BPD amounted to Indonesian rupiah 43 billion
($4,759,000) (2009: Indonesian rupiah 29 billion - $3,085,000) and the outstanding balance owing by REA Kaltim to the cooperative
amounted  to  Indonesian  rupiah  3  billion  ($314,000)  (2009:  Indonesian  rupiah  7.8  billion  -  $829,000).  The  latter  represented  the
unexpended balance of drawings to date under the facility to be applied for the purposes of the development. 

43.  Operating lease commitments

The group leases office premises under operating leases in London, Jakarta and Samarinda. These leases, which are renewable, run for
periods of between 1 month and 24 months, and do not include contingent rentals, or options to purchase the properties.

The future minimum lease payments under operating leases are as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth year inclusive
After five years

2010
$’000
304
23
–

327

2009
$’000
72
189
–

261

113

Auditors’ report (company)

Independent auditors’ report to the members of R.E.A.
Holdings plc

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts

We have audited the parent company financial statements

and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  sufficient  to

of  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc  for  the  year  ended  31  December

give  reasonable  assurance  that  the  financial  statements

2010 which comprise the balance sheet, the movement in

are free from material misstatement, whether caused by

total  shareholders’  funds,  the  statement  of  total

fraud or error.  This includes an assessment of: whether

recognised gains and losses, the accounting policies and

the  accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  parent

the  related  notes  (i)  to  (xiv).  The  financial  reporting

company’s  circumstances  and  have  been  consistently

framework  that  has  been  applied  in  their  preparation  is

applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of

applicable 

law  and  United  Kingdom  Accounting

significant  accounting  estimates  made  by  the  directors;

Standards 

(United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted

and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as

a  body,  in  accordance  with  Chapter  3  of  Part  16  of  the

In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

Opinion on financial statements

Companies  Act  2006.    Our  audit  work  has  been

undertaken  so  that  we  might  state  to  the  company’s

members those matters we are required to state to them

in  an  auditors’  report  and  for  no  other  purpose.    To  the

fullest  extent  permitted  by  law,  we  do  not  accept  or

assume responsibility to anyone other than the company

and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work,

for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  parent

company’s affairs as at 31 December 2010;

have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with

United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted  Accounting

Practice; and

have  been  prepared 

in  accordance  with  the

requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As  explained  more  fully  in  the  statement  of  Directors’

responsibilities,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  the

Opinion  on  other  matters  prescribed  by 
Companies Act 2006

the

preparation  of  the  parent  company  financial  statements

In our opinion:

and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial

statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and

International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK  and  Ireland).

Those  standards  require  us  to  comply  with  the  Auditing

•

•

the  part  of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be

audited  has  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance

with the Companies Act 2006; and

the information given in the Directors’ report for the

Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

financial year for which the financial statements are

prepared  is  consistent  with  the  parent  company

financial statements.

114

Matters  on  which  we  are  required  to  report  by
exception

We  have  nothing  to  report  in  respect  of  the  following

matters  where  the  Companies  Act  2006  requires  us  to

report to you if, in our opinion:

•

adequate accounting records have not been kept by

the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit

have not been received from branches not visited by

us; or

•

the parent company financial statements and the part

of  the  Directors’  remuneration  report  to  be  audited

are not in agreement with the accounting records and

returns; or

•

•

certain  disclosures  of  directors’  remuneration

specified by law are not made; or

we  have  not  received  all  the  information  and

explanations we require for our audit.

Other matter

We  have  reported  separately  on  the  group  financial

statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc for the year ended 31

December 2010.

Mark McIlquham ACA (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

London, England

20 April 2011

115

Company balance sheet

as at 31 December 2010

Fixed and non-current assets
Investments
Tangible fixed assets
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Debtors
Cash 

Total current assets
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Note

(i)
(ii)
(vi)

(iii)

(iv)

2010
£’000

121,591
–
–

121,591

3,196
12,417

15,613
(18,534)

(2,921)

2009
£’000

62,165
84
989

63,238

437
2,486

2,923
(4,737)

(1,814)

Total assets less current liabilities

118,670

61,424

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Borrowings
Provision for liabilities and charges

Net assets

(v)
(vi)

(65,389)
–

(18,375)
(77)

53,281

42,972

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share premium account
Exchange reserve
Profit and loss account

Total shareholders’ funds

(vii)
(viii)
(viii)
(viii)

35,417
13,146
–
4,718

53,281

24,536
14,659
181
3,596

42,972

Approved by the board on 20 April 2011 and signed on behalf of the board.

RICHARD M ROBINOW

Chairman

116

Movement in total shareholders’
funds

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Total recognised gains / (losses) for the year

Dividends to preference shareholders

Dividends to ordinary shareholders

Issue of new preference shares by way of placing

Issue of new ordinary shares by way of exercise of options

Issue costs of ordinary shares, preference shares and debt securities

Movement on exchange reserves

Shareholders' funds at beginning of year

Shareholders' funds at end of year

2010
£’000

2009
£’000

4,297

(1,689)

(1,486)

9,000

368

–

(181)

10,309

42,972

53,281

(290)

(1,361)

(1,140)

1,490

–

(16)

–

(1,317)

44,289

42,972

Statement of total recognised gains and
losses

for the year ended 31 December 2010

Profit / (loss) for the year

Share based payment - deferred tax (charge) / credit

2010
£’000

5,148

(851)

4,297

2009
£’000

(767)

477

(290)

117

Accounting policies (company)

Accounting convention

Taxation  

Separate financial statements of R.E.A. Holdings plc (the
“company”) are required by the Companies Act 2006; as
permitted  by  that  act  they  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practice
in  the  United  Kingdom  (“UK  GAAP”).    The  principal
accounting  policies  have  been  applied  consistently  and
are unchanged from the previous year.  

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been
prepared under the historical cost convention. 

By virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the
company is exempted from presenting a profit and loss
account.  Equally,  no  cash  flow  statement  has  been
prepared,  as  permitted  by  FRS  1  (revised  1996)  “Cash
flow statements”.

Current tax including UK corporation tax and foreign tax
is  provided  at  amounts  expected  to  be  paid  (or
recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been
enacted  or  substantially  enacted  by  the  balance  sheet
date.  Deferred tax is calculated on the liability method.
Deferred  tax  is  provided  on  a  non  discounted  basis  on
timing  and  other  differences  which  are  expected  to
reverse, at the rate of tax likely to be in force at the time
of  reversal.    Deferred  tax  is  not  provided  on  timing
differences  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  will
probably not reverse.  

Deferred  tax  assets  are  only  recognised  to  the  extent
that it is regarded as more likely than not that there will
be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal
of timing differences can be deducted. 

Investments  

Tangible fixed assets  

The company’s investments in its subsidiaries are stated
at  cost  less  any  provision  for  impairment.  Impairment
provisions  are  charged  to  the  profit  and  loss  account.
Dividends  paid  by  subsidiaries  are  credited  to  the
company's profit and loss account.     

Foreign exchange  

Tangible  fixed  assets  are  stated  at  cost,  net  of
depreciation and provision for impairment.  Depreciation
is provided on all tangible fixed assets at rates calculated
to  write  off  the  cost,  less  estimated  residual  value,  of
each  asset  on  a  straight  line  basis  over  its  expected
useful life as follows: land and buildings (short leasehold)
- 10 years, and fixtures and fittings - 5 years.

Leases

No assets are held under finance leases.  Rentals under
operating leases are charged to profit and loss account
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  recorded  at  the
rates  of  exchange  at  the  dates  of  the  transactions.
Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign
currencies at the balance sheet date are reported at the
rates  of  exchange  prevailing  at  that  date.    Differences
arising on the translation of foreign currency borrowings
have been offset against those arising on an equivalent
amount of investment in the equity of, or loans to, foreign
subsidiaries  and  taken  to  reserves,  net  of  any  related
taxation. All other exchange differences are included in
the profit and loss account.    

118

Notes to the company financial
statements

(i)  Investments 

Shares in subsidiaries
Loans to subsidiaries

The movement was as follows:

Beginning of year
Additions to shares in and loans to subsidiaries
Exchange translation difference arising on foreign currency hedge

End of year

2010
£’000
57,374
64,217

121,591

2009
£’000
26,446
35,719

62,165

£’000
62,165
59,056
370

121,591

The security for £37,000,000 nominal of 9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by REA Finance B.V. (“REAF”), a wholly
owned  subsidiary  of  the  company,  was  restructured  on  29  November  2010.    Pursuant  to  the  restructuring,  loans  made  by  REAF  to
Indonesian subsidiaries of the company were assigned by REAF to another wholly owned subsidiary of the company, R.E.A. Services
Limited (“REAS”).  As consideration for this assignment, the company acknowledged indebtedness to REAF in amounts equal to the
principal  amounts  of  indebtedness  assigned  (being  £37,475,000  and  $46,500,000)  and,  in  consideration  of  the  company  so
acknowledging, REAS issued additional shares to and acknowledged indebtedness to the company to an equivalent aggregate value.
The resulting indebtedness owed by the company to REAF was reduced by set off against the balance of $46,500,000 then owed by
REAF to the company.

The consequent elimination of balances due to the company from REAF and increase in balances due to the company from REAS of
£37,475,000 are reflected in loans to subsidiaries at 31 December 2010 while the resultant additional investment of $46,500,000 by
the company in REAS is reflected in shares in subsidiaries at that date.  The balance of net indebtedness owed by the company to REAF
of £37,475,000 is reflected in the amount owing to group undertaking under “creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year”
at 31 December 2010 (see note (v)).

The  principal  subsidiaries  at  the  year  end,  together  with  their  countries  of  incorporation,  are  listed  below.    Details  of  UK  dormant
subsidiaries and UK subsidiary sub-holding companies are not shown.  

Subsidiary

Activity

Makassar Investments Limited (Jersey)
PT Cipta Davia Mandiri (Indonesia)
PT Kartanegara Kumala Sakti (Indonesia)
PT KCC Mining Services (Indonesia)
PT Kutai Mitra Sejahtera (Indonesia)
PT Putra Bongan Jaya (Indonesia)
PT REA Kaltim Plantations (Indonesia)
PT Sasana Yudha Bhakti (Indonesia)
REA Finance B.V. (Netherlands)
R.E.A. Services Limited (England and Wales)

Sub holding company
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Coal operations
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Plantation agriculture
Group finance
Group services

Class of
shares

Percentage
owned

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100
95
95
95
95
95
100
95
100
100

The entire shareholdings in Makassar Investments Limited, R.E.A. Services Limited and REA Finance B.V. are held direct by the company.
All other shareholdings are held by subsidiaries.  

119

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(ii)  Tangible fixed assets 

Cost:
Beginning of year
Disposals

End of year

Accumulated depreciation:
Beginning of year
Charge for year
Disposals

End of year

Carrying amount:
End of year

Beginning of year

(iii)  Debtors 

Trade debtors
Amount owing by group undertakings
Other debtors
Prepayments and accrued income

(iv)  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Amount owing to group undertakings
Other creditors
Accruals

(v)  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

US dollar notes
Amount owing to group undertaking

Amounts due between two and five years
Amounts due after five years

120

Land and buildings Fixtures and
fittings
£‘000

(short leasehold)
£’000

92
(92)

–

26
9
(35)

–

–

66

45
(45)

–

27
9
(36)

–

–

18

2010
£’000
–
3,180
9
7

3,196

2010
£’000
18,272
73
189

18,534

2010
£’000
27,914
37,475

65,389

40,247
25,142

65,389

Total

£‘000

137
(137)

–

53
18
(71)

–

–

84

2009
£’000
1
398
31
7

437

2009
£’000
4,199
49
489

4,737

2009
£’000
18,375
–

18,375

18,375
–

18,375

(v)  Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year - continued

The US dollar notes comprise US$45 million (2009: US$30 million) nominal of 7.5 per cent dollar notes 2012/14 issued by the company
(“US dollar notes”) and are stated net of the unamortised balance of the issuance costs.  Unless previously redeemed or purchased and
cancelled by the company, the notes are redeemable in three equal annual instalments commencing on 31 December 2012. 

As  disclosed  in  note  (ix),  the  US dollar  notes  are  designated  as  a  hedge  against  the  exchange  translation  exposure  in  respect  of  an
equivalent amount of the company’s investment in subsidiaries whose functional currency is the US dollar. 

Pursuant to a supplemental rights agreement dated 23 January 2006 between the company and holders of $19 million nominal of US
dollar notes, those holders have the right, exercisable under certain limited circumstances, to require the company to purchase the US
dollar notes held by them at a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal amount of the notes being purchased and any interest accrued
thereon up to the date of completion of the purchase.  Such circumstances include a material disposal of assets by the group or a person
or group of persons acting in concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a
general meeting of the company.

Pursuant to a placing agreement dated 28 January 2010 under which the company placed $15 million nominal of US dollar notes and
the company’s subsidiary, KCC Resources Limited, issued to placees 150,000 redeemable participating preference shares in the capital
of KCC (“KCC preference shares”), the company granted to each placee a non-assignable option, exercisable on the occurrence of any
one  of  certain  events  and  on  a  basis  relating  to  the  number  of  KCC  preference  shares  retained  by  the  placee  at  the  date  of  such
occurrence, to require the company to purchase or procure the purchase of the US dollar notes acquired by the placee in the placing at
a price equal to the aggregate of the nominal value of such notes and any interest accrued thereon up to the date of completion of the
purchase.  Such events include the disposal of a significant part of the group’s coal business or a person or group of persons acting in
concert obtaining the right to exercise more than 50 per cent of the votes that may generally be cast at a general meeting of the company.

(vi)  Deferred tax asset and provision for liabilities and charges

Deferred tax:
Beginning of year
Net amount debited / (credited) to profit and loss account
Net amount debited / (credited) to reserves

End of year

Included in provisions for liabilities and charges
Included in non-current assets

Net deferred tax asset at end of year

The provision for deferred tax is made up as follows:
Timing differences
Tax losses available

Undiscounted deferred tax

2010
£’000

(912)
131
781

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

2009
£’000

(296)
(139)
(477)

(912)

77
(989)

(912)

77
(989)

(912)

At the balance sheet date, the company had unused tax losses available to be applied against future profits amounting to £nil (2009:
£3.5 million). A deferred tax asset of £nil (2009: £989,000) has been recognised in respect of these losses.

121

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(vii)  Share capital

Authorised:
27,500,000 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2009: 17,500,000)
41,000,000 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2009: 41,000,000)

Called-up and fully paid:
27,063,681 - 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each (2009: 16,392,954)
33,414,545 - ordinary shares of 25p each (2009: 32,573,856)

2010
£’000

27,500
10,250

37,750

27,064
8,353

35,417

2009
£’000

17,500
10,250

27,750

16,393
8,143

24,536

The preference shares entitle the holders thereof to payment, out of the profits of the company available for distribution and resolved to
be distributed, of a fixed cumulative preferential dividend of 9 per cent per annum on the nominal value of the shares and to repayment,
on a winding up of the company, of the amount paid up on the preference shares and any arrears of the fixed dividend in priority to any
distribution on the ordinary shares.  Subject to the rights of the holders of preference shares, holders of ordinary shares are entitled to
share equally with each other in any dividend paid on the ordinary share capital and, on a winding up of the company, in any surplus assets
available for distribution among the members.

Changes in share capital:

•
•

•

•

on 1 February 2010, 840,689 ordinary shares were issued fully paid on exercise of a director’s option at 43.753p per ordinary share.
on 8 June 2010, the authorised share capital of the company was increased from £27,750,000 to £37,750,000 by the creation of
10,000,000 new 9 per cent cumulative preference shares.
on  24  September  2010,  1,670,727  9  per  cent  cumulative  preference  shares  were  issued,  credited  as  fully  paid,  to  ordinary
shareholders by way of capitalisation of share premium account.
on 29 October 2010, 9,000,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares were issued, fully paid, by way of a placing at par.

(viii)  Movement in reserves

Beginning of year 
Recognised gains / (losses) for the year
Dividends to preference shareholders 
Dividends to ordinary shareholders 
Capitalisation of preference shares
Issue of ordinary shares

End of year

Share
premium
account
£’000
14,659
–
–
–
(1,671)
158

13,146

Exchange
reserve

£’000
181
(181)
–
–
–
–

Profit
and loss
account
£’000
3,596
4,297
(1,689)
(1,486)
–
–

–

4,718

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account dealing with the results of the company has
not been presented. The profit before dividends recognised in the company's profit and loss account for the year is £5,148,000 (2009:
loss £767,000) - see statement of total recognised gains and losses.

122

(ix)  Financial instruments and risks

Financial instruments

The company’s financial instruments comprise borrowings, cash and liquid resources and in addition certain debtors and trade creditors
that arise from its operations.  The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for, and facilitate the conduct of, the
company’s operations.  The table below provides an analysis of the book and fair values of financial instruments excluding debtors and
creditors at balance sheet date.

Cash and deposits
US dollar notes 

Net debt 

2010
Book value
£’000
12,417
(27,914)

2010
Fair value
£’000
12,417
(27,304)

2009
Book value
£’000
2,486
(18,375)

2009 
Fair value
£’000
2,486
(16,718)

(15,497)

(14,887)

(15,889)

(14,232)

The fair value of the US dollar notes reflects the mid market price at the reporting date (2009: the last price at which transactions in those
notes were effected prior to 31 December 2009).  

Risks

The main risks arising from the company’s financial instruments are liquidity risk, interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The board
reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks.  These policies have remained unchanged since the beginning of the year.
It is, and was throughout the year, the company’s policy that no trading in financial instruments be undertaken.  

The company finances its operations through a mixture of share capital, retained profits, borrowings in US dollars at fixed rates and credit
from suppliers.  At 31 December 2010, the company had outstanding US$45 million (2009: $30 million) of 7.5 per cent dollar notes
2012/14.  In accordance with a decision of the board of the company at the time of issue of the first tranche of these notes, such notes
are treated as a currency hedge against the company’s long term loans to subsidiaries (which are denominated in US dollars) and the
additional  investment  in  Makassar  Investments  Limited  that  was  acquired  during  2006  for  a  consideration  of  US$19  million.  The
company’s  policy  towards  currency  risk  is  not  to  cover  the  long-term  exposure  in  respect  of  its  investment  in  subsidiaries  (whose
operations are mainly conducted in US dollars) to the extent that this exposure relates to the component of investment that is financed
with sterling denominated shareholders’ funds. 

A limited degree of interest rate risk is accepted.  A substantial proportion of the company’s financial instruments at 31 December 2010
carried interest at fixed rates and, on the basis of the company’s analysis, it is estimated that a rise of one percentage point in all interest
rates would give rise to an increase of approximately £124,000 (2009: £25,000) in the company’s interest revenues in its profit and loss
account.

(x)  Pensions

The  company  is  the  principal  employer  in  the  R.E.A.  Pension  Scheme  (the  “Scheme”)  and  a  subsidiary  company  is  a  participating
employer. The Scheme, which has participating employers outside the R.E.A. Holdings plc group,   is a multi-employer contributory defined
benefit scheme with assets held in a trustee-administered fund. The Scheme is closed to new members.

As the Scheme is a multi-employer scheme, in which the employer is unable to identify its share of the underlying assets and liabilities
(because there is no segregation of the assets) and does not prepare valuations on an FRS 17 “Retirement Benefits” basis, the company
accounts for the Scheme as if it were a defined contribution scheme.

123

Notes to the company financial
statements continued

(x)  Pensions - continued

A non-FRS 17 valuation of the Scheme was last prepared, using the attained age method, as at 31 December 2008. This is considered
to be the most appropriate method of calculating contributions to cover future service benefits at 31 December 2008 as the Scheme is
closed to new entrants. Had the Scheme been valued at 31 December 2008 using the projected unit method and the same assumptions,
the overall deficit would have been similar. The principal actuarial assumptions adopted in this valuation were an annual investment return
of 5.85 per cent pre-retirement and 4.92 per cent post-retirement, an annual increase in pensionable salaries of 3.75 per cent and an
annual increase in present and future pensions of 3.0 per cent. The rate of increase in the retail price index was assumed to be 3.0 per
cent. It was further assumed that both non-retired and retired members’ mortality would reflect PNA00 Ic YOB tables, with males at min
0.75 per cent 110 per cent and females at min 0.5 per cent 110 per cent. The valuation at 31 December 2008 showed an overall shortfall
in assets (deficit), when measured against the Scheme’s technical provisions, of £3,850,000. This is applicable to all participants and is
being funded by additional deficit funding contributions by participating employers over the period to 30 September 2018, as agreed with
the Scheme trustee.

The subsidiary company that is a participating employer and other participating employers in the scheme have entered into an agreement
with  the  Scheme  to  make  special  contributions  to  the  Scheme  to  cover  the  deficit  shown  by  the  31  December  2008  valuation.  The
company made no payments to the Scheme in 2010 (2009: £nil). The company has a contingent liability for special contributions payable
by  other  participating  employers  in  the  Scheme;  such  liability  will  only  arise  if  such  other  participating  employers  do  not  pay  their
contributions. There is no expectation of this at the present time and, therefore, no provision has been made by the company.

(xi)  Related party transactions

Aggregate directors’ remuneration:
Salaries and fees
Benefits
Annual bonus

2010
£’000

2009
£’000

584
77
65

726

562
30
–

592

During 2010 and 2009, there were service arrangements with companies connected with certain directors as detailed under “Directors’
remuneration” in the “Directors’ remuneration report”, the costs of which are included in the table above.

(xii)  Rates of exchange

See note 40 to the consolidated financial statements.

(xiii)  Contingent liabilities and commitments

Sterling notes

The company has guaranteed the obligations for both principal and interest relating to the outstanding £37 million (2009: £37 million)
9.5 per cent guaranteed sterling notes 2015/17 issued by REA Finance B.V..  The directors consider that the risk of loss to the company
from this guarantee to be remote.

124

(xiii)  Contingent liabilities and commitments - continued

Bank borrowings

The company has given, in the ordinary course of business, guarantees in support of the borrowings by certain subsidiaries from and
other contracts with banks (including cross currency interest rate swaps) amounting in aggregate to £61 million (2009: £49 million).  The
directors consider the risk of loss to the company from these guarantees to be remote.

Pension liability

The company’s contingent liability for pension contributions is disclosed in note (x) above.

Operating leases

The company has an annual commitment under a non-cancellable operating lease which can be terminated during 2012 of £102,000
(2009 £101,000). The lease does not contain any contingent rentals or an option to purchase the property; the lease is renewable.

(xiv)  Post balance sheet event

A second interim dividend of 21/2p per ordinary share in respect of the year ended 31 December 2010 was paid on 28 January 2011.
In accordance with IAS10 “Events after the reporting period” this dividend, amounting in aggregate to £835,000, has not been reflected
in these financial statements. 

125

Notice of annual general meeting

This  notice  is  important  and  requires  your  immediate
attention.  If you are in any doubt as to what action to
take,  you  should  consult  your  stockbroker,  solicitor,
accountant  or  other  appropriate 
independent
professional  adviser  authorised  under  the  Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the
United Kingdom or, if you are not so resident, another
appropriately  authorised  independent  adviser.    If  you
have  sold  or  otherwise  transferred  all  your  ordinary
shares  in  R.E.A.  Holdings  plc,  please  forward  this
document  and  the  accompanying  form  of  proxy  to  the
person through whom the sale or transfer was effected,
for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

Notice is hereby given that the fifty-first annual general meeting
of R.E.A. Holdings plc will be held at the London office of Ashurst
LLP at Broadwalk House, 5 Appold Street, London EC2A 2HA
on 14 June 2011 at 10.00 am to consider and, if thought fit, to
pass  the  following  resolutions.    Resolutions  13  and  15  will  be
proposed  as  special  resolutions;  all  other  resolutions  will  be
proposed as ordinary resolutions.

1 To receive the company's annual accounts for the financial
year ended 31 December 2010, together with the directors'
report,  the  directors'  remuneration  report  and  the  auditors'
report.  

2 To  approve  the  directors'  remuneration  report  for  the

financial year ended 31 December 2010.

3 To declare a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31
December 2010 of 3p per ordinary share to be paid on 30
September 2011 to ordinary shareholders on the register of
members on the close of business on 2 September 2011.

4 To re-elect as a director Mr R M Robinow, who, having been
a non-executive director for more than nine years, retires as
required  by  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  and
submits himself for re-election.

5 To  re-elect  as  a  director  Mr  J  M  Green-Armytage,  who,
having  been  a  non-  executive  director  for  more  than  nine
years, retires as required by the UK Corporate Governance
Code and submits himself for re-election. 

6 To re-elect as a director Mr J R M Keatley, who, having been
a non-executive director for more than nine years, retires as
required  by  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  and  submits
himself for re-election.

126

7 To re-elect as a director Mr L E C Letts, who, having been a
non-executive  director  for  more  than  nine  years,  retires  as
required  by  the  UK  Corporate  Governance  Code  and
submits himself for re-election.

8 To  re-appoint  Deloitte  LLP,  chartered  accountants,  as
auditors of the company to hold office until the conclusion of
the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the  company  at  which
accounts are laid before the meeting.

9 To  authorise  the  directors  to  fix  the  remuneration  of  the

auditors.

10 That the authorised share capital of the company (being the
maximum  amount  of  shares  in  the  capital  of  the  company
that the company may allot) be and is hereby increased from
the  creation  of
£37,750,000 
17,500,000 9 per cent cumulative preference shares of £1
each ranking pari passu in all respects with the existing 9 per
cent cumulative preference shares of £1 each in the capital
of the company.

to  £55,250,000  by 

11 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  shares  in  the
capital  of  the  company  (other  than  9  per  cent  cumulative
preference  shares)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount
(within  the  meaning  of  sub-sections  (3)  and  (6)  of  section
551  of  the  Act)  of  £1,896,363.75;  such  authorisation  to
expire at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting
of the company (or, if earlier, on 30 June 2012), save that
the  company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or
agreement  which  would  or  might  require  shares  to  be
allotted,  or  rights  to  be  granted,  after  such  expiry  and  the
directors may allot shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or
to convert any security into shares, in pursuance of any such
offer or agreement as if the authorisations conferred hereby
had not expired.  

12 That  the  directors  be  and  are  hereby  generally  and
unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 551
of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (the  “Act”)  to  exercise  all  the
powers  of  the  company  to  allot,  and  to  grant  rights  to
subscribe  for  or  to  convert  any  security  into,  9  per  cent
cumulative preference shares in the capital of the company
(“preference  shares”)  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal  amount
(within  the  meaning  of  sub-sections  (3)  and  (6)  of  section

551  of  the  Act)  of:  (a)  £436,319;  or  (b)  subject  to  the
passing of resolution 10 set out in the notice of  the  2011
annual  general meeting of the company (the “2011 Notice”)
£17,936,319, such authorisation to expire at the conclusion
of  the  next  annual  general  meeting  of  the  company  (or,  if
earlier,  on  30  June  2012),  save  that  the  company  may
before  such  expiry  make  any  offer  or  agreement  which
would  or  might  require  preference  shares  to  be  allotted  or
rights to be granted, after such expiry and the directors may
allot preference shares, or grant rights to subscribe for or to
convert any security into preference shares, in pursuance of
any  such  offer  or  agreement  as  if  the  authorisations
conferred hereby had not expired.

13 That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 set out in the
2011 Notice, the directors be and are hereby given power:

(a) for the purposes of section 570 of the Companies Act
2006 (the “Act”), to allot equity securities (as defined in
sub-section  (1)  of  section  560  of  the  Act)  of  the
company  for  cash  pursuant  to  the  authorisation
conferred by resolution 11 set out in the 2011 Notice;
and

(b) for  the  purposes  of  section  573  of  the  Act,  to  sell
ordinary shares (as defined in sub-section (1) of section
560 of the Act) in the capital of the company held by the
company as treasury shares for cash 

as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to the allotment or
sale, provided that such powers shall be limited:

(i)

to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a
rights issue or open offer in favour of holders of ordinary
shares and to the sale of treasury shares by way of an
invitation  made  by  way  of  rights  to  holders  of  ordinary
shares,  in  each  case  in  proportion  (as  nearly  as
practicable)  to  the  respective  numbers  of  ordinary
shares held by them on the record date for participation
in the rights issue, open offer or invitation (and holders
of  any  other  class  of  equity  securities  entitled  to
participate  therein  or,  if  the  directors  consider  it
necessary, as permitted by the rights of those securities)
but  subject  in  each  case  to  such  exclusions  or  other
arrangements as the directors may consider necessary
or  appropriate  to  deal  with  fractional  entitlements,
treasury shares (other than treasury shares being sold),

record  dates  or  legal,  regulatory  or  practical  difficulties
which  may  arise  under  the  laws  of  any  territory  or  the
requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange
in any territory whatsoever; and

(ii) otherwise  than  as  specified  at  paragraph  (i)  of  this
resolution, to the allotment of equity securities and the
sale  of  treasury  shares  up  to  an  aggregate  nominal
amount (calculated, in the case of the grant of rights to
subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in the
capital of the company, in accordance with sub-section
(6) of section 551 of the Act) of £417,681 

and shall expire at the conclusion of the next annual general
meeting  of  the  company  (or,  if  earlier,  on  30  June  2012),
save  that  the  company  may  before  such  expiry  make  any
offer  or  agreement  that  would  or  might  require  equity
securities to be allotted, or treasury shares to be sold, after
such  expiry  and  the  directors  may  allot  equity  securities  or
sell  treasury  shares,  in  pursuance  of  any  such  offer  or
agreement as if the power conferred hereby had not expired. 

14 To authorise the directors to increase the fees for services of
each director from £20,000 per annum as currently provided
in the company’s articles of association up to an amount not
exceeding £25,000 per annum, such fees being exclusive of
any amounts payable under other provisions of the articles of
association of the company.

15 That a general meeting of the company other than an annual
general  meeting  may  be  called  on  not  less  than  14  clear
days' notice. 

By order of the board
R.E.A. SERVICES LIMITED
Secretary
20 April 2011

Registered office:
First Floor
32 – 36 Great Portland Street
London W1W 8QX

Registered in England and Wales no: 00671099

127

Notice of annual general meeting continued

Notes

The  sections  of  the  accompanying  Directors'  report
entitled  “Results  and  dividends”,  “Increase  in  share
capital”, “Authorities to issue share capital”, “Powers to
issue share capital and sell treasury shares”, “Increase of
directors’  fees”,  “General  meeting  notice  period”  and
“Recommendation”  contain  information  regarding,  and
recommendations  by  the  board  of  the  company  as  to
voting on, resolutions 3 and 10 to 15 set out in the above
notice.

instrument  appointing  a  proxy,  or  any  appointment  of  a  proxy

submitted  electronically,  will  not  preclude  a  holder  of  ordinary

shares from attending and voting in person at the annual general

meeting if such holder wishes to do so.

CREST  members  may  register  the  appointment  of  a  proxy  or

proxies  for  the  annual  general  meeting  and  any  adjournment(s)

thereof  through  the  CREST  electronic  proxy  appointment  service

by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual (available

via www.euroclear.com/CREST) subject to the company’s articles

of  association.  CREST  personal  members  or  other  CREST

sponsored  members,  and  those  CREST  members  who  have

Pursuant  to  regulation  41  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities

appointed  (a)  voting  service  provider(s),  should  refer  to  their

Regulations 2001 and section 360B of the Companies Act 2006,

CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s),  who  will  be  able  to

the company specifies that in order to have the right to attend and

take the appropriate action on their behalf.

vote  at  the  annual  general  meeting  (and  also  for  the  purpose  of

determining how many votes a person entitled to attend and vote

In  order  for  a  proxy  appointment  or  instruction  regarding  a  proxy

may cast), a person must be entered on the register of members of

appointment  made  or  given  using  the  CREST  service  to  be  valid,

the company at 6.00 pm on 12 June 2011 or, in the event of any

the  appropriate  CREST  message  (a  “CREST  proxy  instruction”)

adjournment, at 6.00 pm on the date which is two days before the

must  be  properly  authenticated 

in  accordance  with  the

day of the adjourned meeting.  Changes to entries on the register

specifications  of  Euroclear  UK  and  Ireland  Limited  (“Euroclear”)

of members after this time shall be disregarded in determining the

and  must  contain  the  required  information  as  described  in  the

rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting.

CREST  Manual  (available  via  www.euroclear.com/CREST).    The

CREST  proxy  instruction,  regardless  of  whether  it  constitutes  a

Only holders of ordinary shares are entitled to attend and vote at

proxy  appointment  or  an  instruction  to  amend  a  previous    proxy

the  annual  general  meeting.    A  holder  of  ordinary  shares  may

appointment, must, in order to be valid be transmitted so as to be

appoint another person as that holder’s proxy to exercise all or any

received by the company’s registrars (ID: RA10) by 10.00 am on 12

of  the  holder’s  rights  to  attend,  speak  and  vote  at  the  annual

June 2011.  For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be

general  meeting.    A  holder  of  ordinary  shares  may  appoint  more

the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message

than one proxy in relation to the meeting provided that each proxy

by  the  CREST  applications  host)  from  which  the  company’s

is appointed to exercise the rights attached to (a) different share(s)

registrars are able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in

held by the holder.  A proxy need not be a member of the company.

the  manner  prescribed  by  CREST.    The  company  may  treat  as

A form of proxy for the meeting is enclosed.  To be valid, forms of

invalid a CREST proxy instruction in the circumstances set out in

proxy  and  other  written  instruments  appointing  a  proxy  must  be

Regulation  35(5)(a)  of  the  Uncertificated  Securities  Regulations

received by post or by hand (during normal business hours only) by

2001.  

the  company’s  registrars,  Capita  Registrars,  at  PXS,  34

Beckenham  Road,  Beckenham  BR3  4TU  by  no  later  than  10.00

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or

am on 12 June 2011.

voting service provider(s) should note that Euroclear does not make

available  special  procedures  in  CREST  for  particular  messages.

Alternatively,  appointment  of  a  proxy  may  be  submitted

Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in

electronically by using either Capita Registrars' share portal service

relation  to  the  input  of  CREST  proxy  instructions.  It  is  the

at  www.capitashareportal.com  (and  so  that  the  appointment  is

responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the

received  by  the  service  by  no  later  than  10.00  am  on  12  June

CREST  member  is  a  CREST  personal  member  or  sponsored

2011)  or  the  CREST  electronic  proxy  appointment  service  as

member or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure

described below.  Shareholders who have not already registered for

that  such  member’s  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s)

Capita Registrars' share portal service may do so by registering as

take(s))  such  action  as  shall  be  necessary  to  ensure  that  a

a  new  user  at  www.capitashareportal.com  and  giving  the  investor

message  is  transmitted  by  means  of  the  CREST  system  by  any

code  shown  on  the  enclosed  proxy  form  (as  also  shown  on  their

particular  time.    In  this  connection,  CREST  members  and,  where

share  certificate).  Completion  of  a  form  of  proxy,  or  other  written

applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) are

128

referred,  in  particular,  to  those  sections  of  the  CREST  Manual

audit);  or  (ii)  any  circumstance  connected  with  an  auditor  of  the

concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

company having ceased to hold office since the last annual general

meeting  of  the  company.    The  company  may  not  require  the

The  rights  of  members  in  relation  to  the  appointment  of  proxies

members  requesting  any  such  website  publication  to  pay  its

described above do not apply to persons nominated under section

expenses  in  complying  with  section  527  or  section  528  of  the

146  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  to  enjoy  information  rights

Companies Act 2006.  Where the company is required to place a

(“nominated  persons”)  but  a  nominated  person  may  have  a  right,

statement on a website under section 527 of the Companies Act

under an agreement with the member by whom such person was

2006, it must forward the statement to the company's auditors by

nominated, to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as

not later than the time when it makes the statement available on

a proxy for the annual general meeting.  If a nominated person has

the website.  The business which may be dealt with at the annual

no such right or does not wish to exercise it, such person may have

general  meeting  includes  any  statement  that  the  company  has

a  right,  under  such  an  agreement,  to  give  instructions  to  the

been required under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006  to

member as to the exercise of voting rights.

publish on a website.

Any  corporation  which  is  a  member  can  appoint  one  or  more

As  at  the  date  of  this  notice,  the  issued  share  capital  of  the

corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its

company comprises 33,414,545 ordinary shares and 27,063,681

powers as a member provided that they do not do so in relation to

9 per cent cumulative preference shares.  Only holders of ordinary

the same shares.

shares  (and  their  proxies)  are  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  the

annual general meeting.  Accordingly, the voting rights attaching to

Any member attending the annual general meeting has the right to

shares  of  the  company  exercisable  in  respect  of  each  of  the

ask questions.  The company must cause to be answered any such

resolutions  to  be  proposed  at  the  annual  general  meeting  total

question  relating  to  the  business  being  dealt  with  at  the  meeting

33,414,545 as at the date of this notice.

but no such answer need be given if (a) to do so would interfere

unduly  with  the  preparation  for  the  meeting  or  involve  the

Shareholders  may  not  use  any  electronic  address  (within  the

disclosure  of  confidential  information,  (b)  the  answer  has  already

meaning  of  sub-section  4  of  section  333  of  the  Companies  Act

been given on a website in the  form of an answer to a question, or

2006)  provided  in  this  notice  (or  any  other  related  document

(c)  it  is  undesirable  in  the  interests  of  the  company  or  the  good

including the form of proxy) to communicate with the company for

order of the meeting that the question be answered.

any purposes other than those expressly stated.

Copies  of  the  executive  director’s  service  agreement  and  letters

Under section 338 and section 338A of the Companies Act 2006,

setting  out  the  terms  and  conditions  of  appointment  of  non-

members  meeting  the  threshold  requirements  in  those  sections

executive  directors  are  available  for  inspection  at  the  company's

have the right to require the company (i) to give, to members of the

registered office during normal business hours from the date of this

company entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting,

notice  until  the  close  of  the  annual  general  meeting  (Saturdays,

notice of a resolution which may properly be moved and is intended

Sundays  and  public  holidays  excepted)  and  will  be  available  for

to be moved at the meeting and/or (ii) to include in the business to

inspection at the place of the annual general meeting for at least

be  dealt  with  at  the  meeting  any  matter  (other  than  a  proposed

15 minutes prior to and during the meeting. 

resolution)  which  may  be  properly  included  in  the  business.    A

A  copy  of  this  notice,  and  other  information  required  by  section

included in the business unless (a) (in the case of a resolution only)

311A of the Companies Act 2006, may be found on the company's

it  would,  if  passed,  be  ineffective  (whether  by  reason  of

resolution  may  properly  be  moved  or  a  matter  may  properly  be

website www.rea.co.uk.

inconsistency with any enactment or the company’s constitution or

otherwise), (b) it is defamatory of any person, or (c) it is frivolous or

Under section 527 of the Companies Act 2006, members meeting

vexatious.  Such a request may be in hard copy form or electronic

the threshold requirements set out in that section have the right to

form, must identify the resolution of which notice is to be given or

require the company to publish on a website (in accordance with

the  matter  to  be  included  in  the  business,  must  be  authorised  by

section 528 of the Companies Act 2006) a statement setting out

the person or persons making it, must be received by the company

any  matter  that  the  members  propose  to  raise  at  the  relevant

not later than the date 6 clear weeks before the meeting, and (in

annual  general  meeting  relating  to  (i)  the  audit  of  the  company's

the case of a matter to be included in the business only) must be

annual  accounts  that  are  to  be  laid  before  the  annual  general

accompanied  by  a  statement  setting  out  the  grounds  for  the

meeting  (including  the  auditor’s  report  and  the  conduct  of  the

request.

129